Industrial
Switches
and Sensors
Global switches
Heavy duty switches
Compact switches
Product solutions on the Interactive Catalogue
Precision switches
Hazardous location switches
Safety switches
Relays
Position products
Ultrasonic distance sensors
Pressure sensors
July 2003
Inside front
cover
WARNING
!
PERSONAL INJURY
DO NOT USE these products* as safety or emergency stop
devices, or in any other application where failure of the
product could result in personal injury.
*Does not apply to 24CE/924CE Series (page 23), GSS Series
(page 80), GK Series (pages 78, 83, 85) or CPS Series (page 89)
Failure to comply with these instructions could result in
death or serious injury.
2
WARNING
!
MISUSE OF DOCUMENTATION
• The information presented in this product sheet (or
catalogue) is for reference only. DO NOT USE this
document as product installation information.
• Complete installation, operation and maintenance
information is provided in the instructions supplied with
each product.
Failure to comply with these instructions could result in
death or serious injury.
www.honeywell.com/sensing
CONTENTS
Introduction - How to use this catalogue
Page 2
EVN2000 Series
Fast Install Limit Switches
Page
A recent addition to our range. Saves over 50 % in installation
time with a design that eliminates the need to gain access to the
inside of the housing in order to connect the switch.
SZL-VL Series
Limit Switches
HDLS Series
Heavy Duty Limit Switches
Suitable for special applications in corrosive environments. Housed
in a rugged die-cast zinc body and epoxy coated for protection,
they are available with a range of switching and head options.
Explosion Proof Switches
Page
Page
Page
A range of switches designed for use in hazardous applications
in potentially explosive atmospheres. Most are UL-CSA listed and
some meet the requirement of the new European Directive 94/9/EC
(commonly referred to as the ATEX Directive).
New, economic, compact, rugged, dependable limit switches.
Levers for Limit Switches
GL Series EN50041/47
Global Limit Switches
Page
A complete range of CENELEC approved products,
suitable for most industrial applications.
Safety Switches for machine guarding
SL1 Series
Page
Space saving size for machine miniaturization,
different contact and actuators available.
Page
Miniature, rugged, pre-wired switches, meeting the requirements
of the Low Voltage directive. They come with a range of head
styles and sealing options.
24/924CE Series
Miniature Enclosed Switches
Page
Safety interlock switches, limit switches and cable-pull limit
switches for industrial machine safety.
Relays
14/914CE Series
Miniature Enclosed Switches
Page
A range of levers for use with Honeywell’s Limit Switches.
Select the best one for your application.
Page
Designed for a wide range of applications including power as
well as logic control for factory machines and control panels.
Linear and Rotary Position
Page
A wide selection of Hall-effect, magnetoresistive, and
potentiometric devices for detecting the presence of a magnetic
field or linear and rotary position.
Page
Opto Sensors
Page
Ultrasonic Distance Sensors
Page
Miniature, rugged, direct opening action contacts. This switch
is available with a variety of actuators and is pre-wired.
LS Series
Compact Limit Switches
Page
A range of compact limit switches designed for accurate
repeatability under the most stringent conditions. Special oil
resistant and high temperature versions are available.
BF Series
Medium Duty Limit Switches
Pressure sensors
Page
Rugged plastic enclosure, with large internal cavity for ease of wiring.
BZE/DTE Series
Medium Duty Limit Switches
Ultrasonic position sensors for presence/absence sensing,
precision distance sensing or tracking for areas where other
sensing technologies have difficulty, such as clear or
shiny objects, foggy or particle laden air, or splashing liquids.
Page
Page
We offer stainless steel and silicon pressure sensors depending
on the application, as well as a variety of high purity pressure sensors.
Honeywell Sensing and Control products
Page
Index
Page
Side or flange mount, momentary or maintained contact, sealed
or unsealed actuators, removal of bottom enclosure for ease of wiring.
BAF/DTF Series
High Capacity Enclosed Switches
Page
Rugged cast aluminium housed switches, sealed for
wash-down applications. Momentary or maintained contacts,
right or left hand actuators, 3 hole mounting.
www.honeywell.com/sensing
1
INTRODUCTION
HONEYWELL INDUSTRIAL SWITCHES AND SENSORS
Honeywell Industrial Switches and Sensors provide a wide selection of products and technologies for applications in most industrial applications. This catalogue
contains our most popular listings. To view our complete range of products, visit our website at http://www.honeywell.com/sensing.
Honeywell is a worldwide leader in advanced switching and sensing technology. Our reputation for technology, quality and reliability is second to none. We have
more than 60 years of experience; and extensive knowledge of Industrial applications, an extensive customer service and support network. Honeywell
manufactures the original MICROSWITCH brand switch and we offer one of the most complete lines of global electro-mechanical heavy duty limit switches.
Sealed versions keep out moisture and other contaminates. Explosion proof types are designed for use in hazardous locations. Safety versions provide direct
opening action contacts for machine guarding and emergency stops.
We are a recognized technology leader in the development and manufacture of pressure and position-sensing transducers and controls. We use the latest in
manufacturing technology to produce hundreds of thousands of transducers a year. Millions of units are currently performing in a multitude of continuous-duty
applications around the world, where they typically outlast the systems they support. We have ISO 9001 certified facilities and Class 10 cleanroom capability, and
we manufacture a full line of high purity pressure sensing and control products; each individually tested, inspected and certified to be in full compliance with the
product specification.
A comprehensive and diverse line of speed and position sensors for the Industrial market place is also available. With the combined capabilities of three wellknown product brands - Data Instruments, Clarostat, Electro and New England Instruments - Honeywell continuously strives to solve customers’ application
problems. Whether you need custom designed sensors for proprietary OEM applications or off-the-shelf sensor solutions, our extensive in-house design,
manufacturing and environmental testing capabilities offer solutions and alternatives to meet your needs.
2
www.honeywell.com/sensing
INTRODUCTION
How to use this catalogue
For each referenced listing, key specification parameters, descriptions and
mounting drawing information are presented. These illustrate our capabilities
while the specifications include allow easy differentiation between similar
products.
There are, of course, many more product options available. Full product
specification may be accessed on our website (www.honeywell.com/sensing).
At the Home page enter the catalogue listing reference in the SEARCH box and
click GO! This will take you directly to the interactive catalogue/specification
search tables for this listing. Alternatively select and click the interactive
catalogue icon on the Home page and then choose a product category against
which to do a specification search.
Also on the website you can access installation instructions, application notes,
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs), selection guides and additional technical
information.
Mounting dimensions
Mounting dimensions shown in each product section are for reference only.
For exact information, request an engineering drawing from you nearest
Honeywell sales office or visit our website and access it through the interactive
catalogue. Where dual dimensions are shown on mounting drawings, the first
or upper one is millimetres (mm) and the second or lower is inches (in).
Where single dimensions are shown, they are millimetres (mm), unless
otherwise stated.
To order these products
Simply contact your local Honeywell Sales Representative, your Honeywell
Distributor or your local Honeywell office.
If you need a product not listed in this catalogue
One of Honeywell’s strengths is in application-specific packaging of sensing
technology. Honeywell provides many variations of our basic switches and
sensors. For more information, either browse the full interactive catalogue
available on our website, or telephone the following numbers:
USA
1-800-537-6945/1-815-537-6945
UK
+44 (0)1698 481 481
Germany
France +33 1 60 19 80 40
Italy
+49 69 8064 444
+39 02 92146 450/456
More information on Honeywell Sensing & Control products and how to
contact us can be found on our website.
Select the right product – select the right supplier
Delivering excellence in system critical sensing
solutions
A system is critical if the quality, reliability, delivery and customer service
associated with a component part is essential to the performance of the
operation or end product. If a sensor or a switch is critical to the
performance, cost effectiveness, delivery or safety of a product or operation
then it’s systems critical. It is therefore a defining element in the performance
of the system under whatever conditions apply. Failure of the component - or
failure of delivery of the component - results in lost productivity, increased
costs or a catastrophic event such as a shutdown. Therefore selecting the
right product is essential. It can make the difference between success and
failure.
Honeywell Sensing and Control – delivering
excellence
To select the right product, first select the right supplier. To deliver the right
products for our customers’ applications we listen to them to understand their
needs. Using techniques such as “Voice of the Customer and “Concept
Engineering” we make sure that the products and solutions we deliver are the
right ones. As part of Honeywell we can use local knowledge and
understanding combined with global expertise and resources to achieve this.
We can deploy many key technologies to bring innovative solutions to
customers’ problems.
Our products are manufactured to work well and to last. We use Six Sigma
Plus productivity to ensure this is the case. We have award winning
manufacturing facilities around the world and recognised world class
business excellence in manufacturing and supply chain management to
deliver on time, anywhere in the world.
Our e-business approach offers instant access to product information,
technical support and application knowledge through out Internet site. Check
out our powerful new interactive catalogue that can search and find the right
products for customers’ needs and deliver a drawing ready for incorporation
in a CAD system direct to your desk.
And of course, we manage our whole business for the benefit of our
customers, using an acknowledged world-class business excellence approach
that incorporates Six Sigma principles.
Expanded Product Lines
As well as many new and innovative switches, this catalogue includes an
expanded range of Pressure and Position Sensors, previously known under
the Clarostat, NEI and Electrocorporation brand names.
www.honeywell.com/sensing
3
Blank page
4
www.honeywell.com/sensing
LIMIT SWITCHES
Industrial Electromechanical
Limit Switches
Honeywell offers an advanced line of heavy duty limit switches and a wide
selection of application-proven enclosed switches (precision snap-acting
switches sealed in rugged metal housing). Sealed versions keep out moisture
and other contaminants. Our products meet or exceed critical standards
allowing for global use. Our rugged switches are suitable for use in harshduty, wash-down environments. We offer a variety of circuitry, terminations
and actuators to ensure that can match your choice of switch to your
application.
Limit and enclosed switches are the cost effective switches of choice for
detecting objects which can be touched. When an object comes in contact
with an actuator, the switch operates. Rugged and dependable, these
switches are offered in a variety of sizes, with different seals, enclosures,
actuation, circuitries and electrical ratings. Enclosed switches are known for
high precision and low cost. Limit Switches are especially rugged and well
sealed. Explosion proof switches are designed for use in hazardous locations.
The Honeywell switches featured here are all proven in a broad range of
Industrial applications - machine tools, packaging machinery, lifting gear,
presses and construction machinery.
More information about our complete product range - and the depth of
product available within each product line - can be found on our interactive
catalogue at www.honeywell.com/sensing.
MICRO SWITCH Brand products
Honeywell has been at the forefront of switching technology since we were the
first to develop the precision snap-action switch more than 60 years ago.
Ever since we introduced the MICRO SWITCH Brand Products in 1937, we
have been recognized as the performance standard that all other switches are
measured against. We continue in that tradition by constantly improving the
technology, cost-effectiveness, and delivery of these hardworking, versatile
electromechanical switches.
www.honeywell.com/sensing
5
LIMIT SWITCHES
Proper application of limit switches
The following are guidelines for the correct application of Limit Switches.
Never use the Limit Switch as a physical end stop. Mechanical damage or
incorrect operation may occur if this is done. Always ensure that the
mechanical actuator is protected from excessive mechanical shock. Never
release the actuator suddenly - gradual actuation and release will ensure that
stress on the mechanics of the switch is kept to a minimum. This has the
added benefit that the switch life will be improved. The diagrams illustrate how
to actuate your limit switch for optimum performance.
Standards and Electrical rating
IEC/EN 60947-1 explains the general rules relating to Low Voltage switchgear
and controlgear. The purpose of this standard is to harmonize as much as
possible the product performance and test requirements for equipment where
the rated voltage does not exceed 1,000 Vac or 1,500 Vdc.
WRONG
WRONG
RIGHT
FIXED STOP
RIGHT
For limit switches with pushrod actuators, the actuating force should be applied as
nearly as possible in line with the pushrod axis.
IEC 60947-5-1 is part 5 of the general rules which relates to Control-circuit
devices and switching elements, where rated voltage does not exceed 1,000
Vac or 600 Vdc. There are special requirements for control switches with
positive opening operation. These switches are marked on the outside with
this symbol:
WRONG
WRONG
over-riding
cam
RIGHT
RIGHT
over-riding
The Contact Element form defines the configuration and number of contacts
within the switch.
Form Za – both contact elements have the same polarity
cam
Cam or dog arrangements should be such that the actuator is not suddently released
to snap back freely.
Form Zb – the two contact elements are electrically separated.
free position
interference
The Utilization Category defines the type of current carried – ac or dc – and
the typical application where the switch is used.
WRONG
The contact rating Designation relates to the Utilization Categories and defines
the conventional thermal current Ith (a) rated operational current Ie (A) at
rated operational voltages Ue and the VA rating.
free position
operated
position
end of
overtravel
Actuators
RIGHT
A range of actuators is available for limit switches. Illustrations of actuator
types available from this catalogue are shown at the beginning of each
product family. Other actuators may be available - for more information
please contact your local Honeywell office.
Roller lever
end of
overtravel
WRONG
Top roller
lever
Adjustable
roller lever
Top pin
plunger
RIGHT
Operating mechanisms for limit switches shoud be so designed that, under any
operating or emergency conditions, the limit switch is not operated beyond its
overtravel limit position. A limit switch should not be used as a mechanical stop.
Top pin
plunger,
boot seal
WRONG
Top roller
plunger
Top roller
plunger,
boot seal
Top roller
Top roller
plunger,
plunger,
perpendicular perpendicular,
boot seal
non-over-riding
Ball bearing
plunger
RIGHT
over-riding
Side
pin plunger
6
Side
roller plunger
Roller lever
Yoke lever
Rod lever
Wobble head
For limit switches with lever actuators, the actuating force should be applied as
nearly perpendicular to the lever as practical and perpendicular to the shaft axis
about which the lever rotates.
www.honeywell.com/sensing
LIMIT SWITCHES
A Note on Degrees of Protection
IP Classification
NEMA Classification (USA)
The IEC 529 standard describes a system for classifying the degree of
protection provided by the enclosures of electrical equipment. The level of
protection given by the enclosure is indicated by the IP code. This code
system uses the letters ‘‘IP’’ (International Protection) followed by up to four
digits. Normally only the first two digits are used.
IP 1st Digit
2nd Digit
3rd Digit
4th Digit
The first digit is numerical and indicates the level of protection within the
enclosure against the ingress of solid foreign objects and access to hazardous
parts by persons.
The second digit is also numerical and indicates the level of protection
against the ingress of WATER into the enclosure.
The third digit is a letter and indicates a higher level of protection for persons
against access to hazardous parts.
The fourth digit is also a letter and is used in exceptional cases for
supplementary information.
If the first or second digit is not required to be specified, then it is replaced by
the letter ‘‘X’’ (‘‘XX’’ if both digits are not required). While the tables below
serve as a guide to the level of protection, Honeywell recommends that
customers refer to the full official IEC specification for the exact definitions. If
in doubt about the degree of protection required for a particular application,
please consult your local Honeywell office.
Note:
The IEC 529 standard does not relate to protection against rust, corrosion,
icing or corrosive solvents (e.g. cutting fluids) and that product coded IP 67
may not necessarily meet IP 66 requirements.
First Digit Protection against ingress of solid objects
NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association) prepares standards
which define a product, process or procedure with reference to one or more of
the following: nomenclature, composition, construction, dimensions,
tolerances, safety, operating characteristics, performance, quality, electrical
rating, testing and the service for which designed. This standard provides
degrees of protection for Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts
Maximum) similar to that of the IEC 529 standard. The reference standard
herein reflects the latest data in the NEMA Standards Publication when this
information went to print. Please check for the latest information.
Non-hazardous locations
Type 1 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of
protection against contact with the enclosed equipment.
Type 3 enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree
of protection against windblown dust, rain, sleet, and external ice formation.
Type 4 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide
a degree of protection against windblown dust and rain, splashing water, and
hose-directed water.
Type 4X enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to
provide a degree of protection against corrosion, windblown dust and rain,
splashing water, and hose-directed water.
Type 6 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide
a degree of protection against the entry of water during occasional temporary
submersion at a limited depth.
Type 6P enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to
provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during prolonged
submersion at a limited depth.
Type 12 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree
of protection against dust, falling dirt, and dripping noncorrosive liquids.
IP TEST
0 no protection
1 protected against solid objects with a diameter greater than 50 mm
2 protected against solid objects with a diameter greater than 12 mm
3 protected against solid objects with a diameter greater than 2.5 mm
4 protected against solid objects with a diameter greater than 1 mm
5 protected against dust-limited ingress (no harmful deposit)
6 totally protected against dust
Second Digit Protection against ingress of water
IP TEST
0 no protection
1 protected against vertically falling drops of water
2 protected against vertically falling drops of water when the enclosure is tilted
at an angle up to 15 degrees
3 protected against water sprayed at an angle of 60 degrees from the vertical
4 protected against splashing water from all directions – limited ingress (no
harmful effects)
Type 13 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree
of protection against dust, spraying water, oil and noncorrosive coolant.
Note:
Enclosures are based, in general, on the broad definitions outlined in NEMA
Standards. Therefore, it will be necessary to ascertain that a particular
enclosure will be adequate when exposed to the specific conditions that might
exist in intended applications.
Except as might otherwise be noted, all references to products relative to
NEMA enclosure type are based on Honeywell evaluation and Underwriter’s
Laboratory (UL) tested. This NEMA Standards Publication does test for
environmental conditions such as corrosion, rust, icing, oil, and coolants. The
IEC 529 does not, and does not specify degree of protection against
mechanical damage of equipment. For this reason, and because the tests and
evaluations for other characteristics are not identical, the IEC Enclosure
Classification Designations cannot be exactly equated with NEMA Enclosure
Type Numbers.
5 protected against low pressure jets of water from all directions – limited
ingress permitted
6 protected against powerful jets of water from all directions – limited ingress
permitted
7 protected against the effects of temporary immersion in water
8 protected against the effects of continuous immersion in water
www.honeywell.com/sensing
7
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
EVN2000 Series
EN 50047
Global Limit
Switches
The EVN2000 series limit switch is an innovative product which has been developed to address a need
highlighted by Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM), where “Ease of Wiring” is required. With the
new design there is no need for access to the inside of the housing and therefore the housing cover,
cover screws and gasket become obsolete. Furthermore, the integrated cable gland eliminates the need
for additional conduit or cable gland hardware. All Normally Closed (NC) contacts are Direct Opening.
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
Housing material:
Termination:
Switching options:
10 million
IP 66/67, NEMA 1, 12, 13
-25 °C to 85 °C (-13 °F to 185 °F)
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
EN 60529
EN81-1
AC15 A300
DC13 Q300
UL, CE
Plastic
Insulation Displacement Terminals (IDT)
Single Pole, Double Throw,
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
SPDT
Zb
Actuators
Operating characteristics
Actuator
type
Side
rotary
A
Operating
Free Pretravel
Travel to
Overtravel Differential Operating
torque/force position
positive opening
travel
point
(OF)
(FP)
(PT)
(PO)
(OT)
(DT)
(OP)
0,120 N m
(1.10 lb in)
0°
25°
45°
45°
12°
25°
Top pin
plunger
B
16,0 N
(3.60 lb)
20,0 mm 2,0 mm
(0.79 in) (0.08 in)
3,5 mm
(0.14 in)
4,0 mm
(0.16 in)
1,0 mm
(0.04 in)
18,0 mm
(0.71 in)
Top roller
plunger,
parallel
16,0 N
(3.60 lb)
30,0 mm 2,0 mm
(1.18 in) (0.08 in)
3,5 mm
(0.14 in)
4,0 mm
(0.16 in)
1,0 mm
(0.04 in)
28,0 mm
(1.10 in)
16,0 N
(3.60 lb)
30,0 mm 2,0 mm
(1.18 in) (0.08 in)
3,5 mm
(0.14 in)
4,0 mm
(0.16 in)
1,0 mm
(0.04 in)
28,0 mm
(1.10 in)
C
Top roller
plunger,
perpendicular
D
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
Top roller plunger, parallel
Side rotary plastic roller
REFERENCE
EVN2000B
Top roller plunger, perpendicular
REFERENCE
EVN2000A
REFERENCE
EVN2000C
REFERENCE
EVN2000D
8
www.honeywell.com/sensing
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
The new economical SZL-VL Series miniature type limit switches are specially
designed for applications of small mounting space. These miniature switches
are ideal for OEM machinery which requires a rugged and reliable limit switch
that is capable of being mounted in space restricted applications. A wide range
of actuators and optional neon lamp indicators add additional flexibility. A
special pre-molded flexible cable gland allows for fast and simple wiring
termination.
VL Series
General Purpose Compact
Limit Switches
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
Termination:
Contacts:
Electrical ratings:
Ampere rating:
Switching options:
SPDT
up to 10 million operations
IP 64
-20 °C to 60 °C (-4 °F to 140 °F)
UL, C-UL, CE
Cable gland
Gold plated silver
250 Vac 125 Vdc max.
5 A @ 250 Vac max./0.4 A @ 125 Vdc max.
Single Pole, Double Throw, Double break
(1NC/1NO)
VL
3
4
NO
NO
1
2
NC
NC
Actuators
Side rotary actuated switches
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
20°
75°
10°
OPTIONS
Roller lever, adjustable
Roller lever
41.2±.08
18 dia.x7
nylon roller
20
PT
˚max
R3
0
M4 arm fixing nut
(Roller can be
rotated and locked
in any position
through 360˚)
+0.2
2-4.1
dia.
-0
mounting holes
+0.008
.161
dia.
-0
mounting holes
cover screw
M3x6
36.2±0.8
Adjustable length
of arm
(30-70)
0˚max
PT 2
1.425±.031
10.2
.402
M4 arm
fixing screw
(with hexagonal
holes)
12.5
.492
56±0.3
2.205±.012
47.7±0.8
1.878±.031
1.622±.031
2-M5 (P=0.8)
18.5 tapped
.728
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
20.4±0.3
.803±.012
14
.551
15.1
.594
28
1.102
38.1
1.5
Operating torque max.:
+0.2
2-4.1 0 dia.
mounting holes
7.5±0.2
.295±.008
25
.984
(Standard type)
5,88 N (1.32 lb)
10.2
.402
Arm fastening plate
12.5
.492
18.5
.728
Mounting metal
M6 arm fastening
plate screw with
hexagonal holes
56±0.3
2.205±.012
64
2.520
2-M3x23
cover screw
21±0.2
.827±.008
(Roller can be rotated
and locked in any
position through 360˚)
M4 arm fastening
plate screw with
hexagonal holes
+0.008
.161 -0 dia.
mounting holes
2-M5 (P=0.8)
tapped
mounting holes
42.7±0.8
1.681±.031
33.5±0.8
1.319±.031
28.5±0.8
1.122±.031
18 dia.x7 nylon rooler
M3x6
cover screw
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
64
2.520
2.0
.079
2-M3x23
cover screw
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
mounting holes
14
.551
21±0.2
.827±.008
28
1.102
Operating torque max.:
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-A
7.5±0.2
15.1 .295±.008
.594 20.4±0.3
25
.803±.012
.984
(Standard type)
(46.4) (1.827)
3,35 N to 7,84 N (0.75 lb to 1.76 lb)
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-B
www.honeywell.com/sensing
9
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
VL Series
Side rotary actuated switches (continued)
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Operating force max. (OF):
Adjustable rod
5.5
.217
0
PT 2
˚ max
2.6 .102 dia. rod
and locked in any
(Roller can be rotated
position through 360˚)
44.9
1.768
36.3±0.8
1.429±.031
18.5
.728
12.5 Rod mounting metal
.492
M6 mounting rod
fastening screw with
hexagonal holes
M3x6
cover screw
Top pin plunger
7. 276 dia.
stainless steel plunger
Rod fastening plate
+0.008
.161 -0 dia.
mounting holes
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
64
2.520
56±0.3
2.205±.012
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
mounting holes
2-M3x23
cover screw
15.1
.594
25
.984
(44.9) (1.768)
Operating torque max.:
10.2
.402
3
.118
PT 1.5 max
+0.2 dia.
2-4.1
0
mounting holes
4
.157
26.5
1.043
+0.008
.161
-0
dia.
mounting holes
M3x6
cover screw
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
20.4±0.3
.803±.012
56±0.3
2.205±.012
14
.551
21±0.2
.827±.008
28
1.102
1,5 mm (0.060 in)
4,0 mm (0.158 in)
0,7 mm (0.028 in)
8,83 N (2 lb)
10.2
.402
M4 rod fastening plate
screw with hexagonal holes
Adjustable lenght of rod
(30-118)
+0.2
2-4.1 0 dia.
mounting holes
Plunger actuated switches
64
2.520
7.5±0.2
.295±.008
20.4±0.3
.803±.012
(Standard type)
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
mounting holes
2-M3x23
cover screw
14
.551
21±0.2
.827±.008
28
1.102
2 N to 7,84 N
(0.45 lb to 1.76 lb)
7.5±0.2
15.1 .295±.008
.594
25
.984
(Standard type)
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-C
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-D
Top roller plunger
12.5 dia.x3.8
stainless steel roller
10.2
.402
PT 1.5 max
14.8
.583
+0.2
2-4.1 0 dia.
mounting holes
38
1.496
4
.157
+0.008
.161 -0 dia.
mounting holes
M3x6
cover screw
20.4±0.3
.803±.012
56±0.3
2.205±.012
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
64
2.520
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
mounting holes
2-M3x23
cover screw
14
.551
21±0.2
.827±.008
28
1.102
15.1
.594
25
.984
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-H
10
www.honeywell.com/sensing
7.5±0.2
.295±.008
(Standard type)
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
Plunger actuated switches (continued)
Wobble actuated switches
Cross roller plunger
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Operating force max. (OF):
12.5 dia.x3.8
stainless steel roller
10.2
.402
30 mm (1.18 in)
20 mm (0.788 in)
0,88 N (0.2 lb)
Plastic rod, coil spring
PT 1.5 max
14.8
.583
+0.2
2-4.1 0 dia.
mounting holes
+0.008
.161 -0 dia.
mounting holes
38
1.496
M3x6
cover screw
4
.157
3 dia.
.118
Nylon rod
5.8 dia.
.228
64
2.520
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
mounting holes
2-M3x23
cover screw
14
.551
21±0.2
.827±.008
28
1.102
15.1
.594
25
.984
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-E
7.5±0.2
.295±.008
10.2
.402
41.5
1.634
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
20.4±0.3
.803±.012
56±0.3
2.205±.012
PT 50 max
100±1.5
3.937±.059
+0.2
2-4.1 0 dia.
mounting holes
+0.008
.161 -0 dia.
mounting holes
4
.157
(Standard type)
M3x6
cover screw
56±0.3
2.205±.012
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
20.4±0.3
.803±.012
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
64
2.520
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
mounting holes
2-M3x23
cover screw
21±0.2
.827±.008
28
1.102
15.1
.594
25
.984
14
.551
7.5±0.2
.295±.008
(Standard type)
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-F
Coil spring
SZL-VL-G
10.2
.402
PT 30 max
1.2 dia.
.047 stainless
steel wire
51.5
2.028
100±1.5
3.937±.059
+0.2
2-4.1 0 dia.
mounting holes
4
.157
+0.008
.161
-0 dia.
mounting holes
M3x6
cover screw
56±0.3
2.205±.012
20.4±0.3
.803±.012
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
7 .276 in depth
mounting holes
64
2.520
2-M5 (P=0.8) tapped
mounting holes
2-M3x23
cover screw
14
.551
21±0.2
.827±.008
28
1.102
15.1
.594
25
.984
7.5±0.2
.295±.008
(Standard type)
REFERENCE
SZL-VL-G
www.honeywell.com/sensing
11
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
GLS Series switches offer a complete range of CENELEC approved products,
and are suitable for most industrial applications.
GLS Series
Global Limit
Switches
The standard product EN 50041 norm defines the switch mounting centres as
30 mm x 60 mm and also defines the switching characteristics of the side
rotary head with fixed lever, top pin plunger and top roller plunger. This means
that the switch can be interchanged in the application with other EN 50041
switches with mounting and switching characteristics maintained. Honeywell
offers many more head styles and switching options.
The miniature EN 50047 product range offers the user a choice of plastic,
metal and three conduit versions which are all mounting (20 mm x 22 mm)
compatible with each other. The EN 50047 standard defines how the switches
are mounted and the switching characteristics for fixed side rotary lever, top
pin plunger and top roller plunger.
Switching options:
Electrical ratings
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw, Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
IEC947-5-1/EN60947-5-1
Designation &
Rated operational current Ie (A)
Utilization Category
at rated operational voltage Ue
120V
240V
380V 480V 500V
14
13
VA
rating
600V
22
21
Make Break
AC15
A600
6
3
1.9
1.5
1.4
1.2
7200
720
AC15
A300
6
3
-
-
-
-
7200
720
AC15
B300
3
1.5
-
-
-
-
3600
360
AC14
D300
0.6
0.3
-
-
-
-
432
72
125V
250V
DC13
Q300
0.55
0.27
69
69
DC13
R300
0.22
0.1
28
28
DPDT
Double Pole, Double Throw Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
13
11
23
21
14
12
24
22
Actuators
Operating characteristics
Actuator
type
Body
size
Operating torque/force
(OF)
SPDT
Lever types
A,
A*A, A*B,
A4J
Top pin
plunger
B
Top roller
plunger
C
Top roller
lever
D
Wobble head
E7B, E7D,
K8B, K8C
12
EN50041
(GLA)
DPDT
Free position
(FP)
SPDT
DPDT
EN50041
(GLA)
EN50047
(GLC, GLD,
GLE)
EN50041
(GLA)
EN50047
(GLC, GLD,
GLE)
EN50041
(GLA)
EN50047
(GLC, GLD,
GLE)
EN50041
(GLA)
SPDT
DPDT
Travel to
positive opening
(PO)
SPDT
DPDT
0,330 N m
(2.90 lb in)
0,120 N m
(1.10 lb in)
16,0 N
(3.60 lb)
13,0 N
(2.90 lb)
GLE only
16,0 N
3.60 lb
16,0 N
(3.60 lb)
13,0 N
(2.90 lb)
GLE only
9,5 N
(2.10 lb)
11,0 N
(2.4 lb)
26˚
9,0 N
(1.9 lb)
GLE only
SPDT
DPDT
Differential travel
(DT)
Operating point
(OP)
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
12˚
55˚
0,165 N m
(1.50 lb in)
GLE only
16,0 N
(3.60 lb)
Overtravel
(OT)
59˚
0˚
EN50047
(GLC, GLD,
GLE)
Pretravel
(PT)
26˚
49˚
11.5˚
8˚
37,5 mm
(1.48 in)
2,5 mm
(0.10 in)
4,5 mm
(0.18 in)
4,5 mm
(0.18 in)
0,9 mm
(0.035 in)
35,0 mm
(1.38 in)
21,0 mm
(0.83 in)
3,0 mm
(0.12 in)
5,0 mm
(0.20 in)
3,0 mm
(0.12 in)
0,9 mm
0,6 mm
(0.035 in) (0.024 in)
18,0 mm
(0.71 in)
50,5 mm
(2.00 in)
2,5 mm
(0.10 in)
4,5 mm
(0.18 in)
4,5 mm
(0.18 in)
0,9 mm
(0.035 in)
48,0 mm
(1.89 in)
31,0 mm
(1.22 in)
3,0 mm
(0.12 in)
5,0 mm
(0.20 in)
3,0 mm
(0.12 in)
0,9 mm
0,6 mm
(0.035 in) (0.024 in)
28,0 mm
(1.10 in)
65,2 mm
(2.57 in)
4,2 mm
(0.165 in)
8,3 mm
(0.33 in)
9,0 mm
(0.35 in)
1,7 mm
(0.067 in
61,0 mm
(2.40 in)
39,25 mm
(1.55 in)
3,45 mm
(0.14 in)
5,2 mm
(0.205 in)
1,3 mm
(0.19 in)
35,8 mm
(1.41 in)
8˚
__
0,1 N
(0.90 in lb)
6,9 mm
(0.27 in)
18˚
__
__
16˚
__
__
0˚
EN50047
(GLC, GLD,
GLE)
1,3 N
(0.29 lb)
1,1 N
(0.25 lb)
GLE only
www.honeywell.com/sensing
10˚
7˚
__
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
GLA EN 50041
Standard metal body
Top pin plunger
Side rotary adjustable roller
FP
Mechanical life:
up to 15 million
Sealing:
IP 67, NEMA 1, 4, 12, 13
Operating temperature:
-25 °C to 85 °C
(-13 °F to 185 °F)
Approvals:
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
AC15 A300/A600
DC13 Q300
UL, CSA, CE
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
DPDT
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
HEAD OPTIONS
Plastic roller
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLAA01A2A
GLAA20A2A
GLAB01A2A
GLAB20A2A
GLAC01A2A
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLAA01A2B
GLAA20A2B
GLAB01A2B
GLAB20A2B
GLAC01A2B
GLAC20A2B
37,5
(1.48)
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLAA01B
GLAA20B
GLAB01B
GLAB20B
GLAC01B
GLAC20B
Top roller plunger
Metal roller
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
Side rotary
Side rotary adjustable metal rod
FP
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLAA01C
GLAA20C
GLAB01C
GLAB20C
GLAC01C
GLAC20C
41
(1.61)
34
(1.34)
4,5
(.17)
75˚
No lever
Top roller lever
¯ 3,2
(.13)
13,0
(.51)
32 - 134
75˚ (1.26 - 5,28)
Levers: Levers for side rotary types are ordered
separately (see pages 69-71 for details)
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLAA01A
GLAA20A
GLAB01A
Plastic roller
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLAA01A1A
GLAA20A1A
GLAB01A1A
GLAB20A1A
GLAC01A1A
GLAC20A1A
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLAA01A1B
GLAA20A1B
GLAB01A1B
GLAB20A1B
GLAC01A1B
GLAC20A1B
65,2
FP(2.51)
35
(1.38)
15
(.6)
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLAA01A4J
GLAA20A4J
GLAB01A4J
GLAB20A4J
GLAC01A4J
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
20 mm
Ø 18,7
(.74)
REFERENCE
GLAA01D
GLAA20D
GLAB01D
GLAB20D
GLAC01D
GLAC20D
Metal roller
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
www.honeywell.com/sensing
13
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
GLC EN 50047
Standard metal body
GLA EN 50041
Standard metal body
(continued)
Wobble, coil actuator
Wobble, cat whisker
22
(.87)
20
(.78)
24,75
(0.97)
3
(.12)
R 2,15
(.08)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
20 mm
30,5
(1.20)
30
(1.18)
REFERENCE
GLAA01E7B
GLAB01E7B
GLAB20E7B
GLAC01E7B
GLAC20E7B
55
(2.16)
3,5
(0.138)
14,5
(.57)
15,25
(.600)
Coil wobble head, stainless steel
spring actuator
conduit thread
PG 13,5
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLAA01K8B
GLAB01K8B
Wobble, cat whisker, coil actuator
Mechanical life:
up to 10 million
Sealing:
IP 66, NEMA 1, 4, 12, 13
Operating temperature:
-25 °C to 85 °C
-13 °F to 185 °F
Approvals:
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
AC15 A300
DC13 Q300
UL, CSA, CE
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
HEAD OPTIONS
Side rotary
°
CONTACT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
REFERENCE
GLAA01E7D
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLAA01K8C
GLAA20K8C
GLAB01K8C
Plastic roller
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLCA01A1A
GLCB01A1A
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLCA01A1B
GLCB01A1B
GLCC01A1B
Metal roller
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
14
www.honeywell.com/sensing
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
GLC EN 50047
Standard metal body
(continued)
Side rotary adjustable
Wobble, coil actuator
Top pin plunger
Ø 9.9
(.390)
DT
OP
18±0,5
(.709)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
➞
REFERENCE
GLCA01B
GLCB01B
GLCC01B
Plastic roller
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLCA01A2A
GLCB01A2A
Top roller plunger
Mechanical life:
Metal roller
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
31,0 FP
1.22
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
REFERENCE
GLCA01A2B
GLCB01A2B
GLCC01A2B
Side rotary adjustable, metal rod
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLCA01C
GLCB01C
GLCC01C
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLCA01D
GLCB01D
GLCC01D
up to 5 million
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13.5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLCA01E7B
GLCB01E7B
GLCC01E7B
Wobble, cat whisker
41
(1.61)
Top roller lever
34
(1.34)
4,5
(.17)
75˚
¯ 3,2
(.13)
Ø
FP 39,2
(1.54)
32 - 134
75˚ (1.26 - 5,28)
15
(.6)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
REFERENCE
GLCA01A4J
GLCB01A4J
Mechanical life:
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
www.honeywell.com/sensing
5 million
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLCA01K8A
GLCB01K8A
15
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
GLD EN 50047
Double insulated
standard body
GLE EN 50047 Compatible
3 conduit
metal standard body
Side rotary adjustable
Plastic roller/metal lever
22
(.87)
20
(.78)
24,75
(0.97)
3
(.12)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
R 2,15
(.08)
55
(2.16)
30,5
(1.20)
REFERENCE
GLDA01A2A
GLDB01A2A
Metal roller/metal lever
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
30
(1.18)
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13.5
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLDA01A2B
GLDB01A2B
GLDC01A2B
3,5
(0.138)
14,5
(.57)
Side rotary adjustable metal rod
15,25
(.600)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
conduit thread
PG 13,5
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLDA01A4J
GLDB01A4J
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLDA01B
GLDB01B
GLDC01B
Top pin plunger
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
See GLC section
IP 66, NEMA 1, 2, 13
-25 °C to 85 °C
-13 °F to 185 °F
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
AC15 A600
DC13 Q300
UL, CSA, CE
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
Mechanical life:
up to 10 million
Sealing:
IP 66, NEMA 1, 4, 12, 13
Operating temperature:
-25 °C to 85 °C
-13 °F to 185 °F
Approvals:
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
AC15 A300
DC13 Q300
UL, CSA, CE
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
DPDT
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
HEAD OPTIONS
Top roller plunger
Side rotary
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLDA01C
GLDB01C
GLDC01C
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLDA01D
GLDB01D
GLDC01D
HEAD OPTIONS
See GLC section for dimension
illustrations
Side rotary
Plastic roller/lever
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLDA01A1A
GLDB01A1A
Metal roller/lever
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLDA01A1B
GLDB01A1B
GLDC01A1B
Top roller lever
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
Plastic roller
Wobble, coil actuator
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLDA01E7B
GLDB01E7B
GLDC01E7B
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
REFERENCE
GLEA01A1A
GLEB01A1A
GLEB24A1A
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLEA01A1B
GLEA24A1B
GLEB01A1B
GLEB24A1B
GLEC01A1B
Metal roller
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
16
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
www.honeywell.com/sensing
GLOBAL LIMIT SWITCHES
GLE EN 50047 Compatible
3 conduit
metal standard body
(continued)
Side rotary adjustable metal rod
Offset side rotary roller
Top roller lever
41
(1.61)
FP 39,2
(1.54)
4,5
(.17)
34
(1.34)
75˚
¯ 3,2
(.13)
32 - 134
75˚ (1.26 - 5,28)
Plastic roller
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
15
(.6)
REFERENCE
GLEA01A5A
GLEB01A5A
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLEB01A4J
GLEB24A4J
Side rotary adjustable
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
13,5
20 mm
20 mm
REFERENCE
GLEA01D
GLEA24D
GLEB01D
GLEB24D
GLEC01D
GLEC24D
Wobble, coil actuator
Top pin plunger
16˚ ±5˚
(2.37)
OP
DT
10˚
Þ
OT
35˚ (max)
100
(3.92)
18
(0.709)
Plastic roller
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLEA01A2A
GLEA24A2A
GLEB01A2A
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLEA01B
GLEA24B
GLEB01B
GLEB24B
Mechanical life:
Metal roller
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLEA01A2B
GLEB01A2B
GLEB24A2B
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
Top roller plunger
Ø 12,4
(0.49)
31,0
FP
1.23
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
up to 5 million
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GLEA01E7B
GLEA24E7B
GLEB01E7B
GLEB24E7B
REFERENCE
GLEA01C
GLEA24C
GLEB01C
GLEB24C
GLEC24C
www.honeywell.com/sensing
17
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
SL1 Series
Compact Limit
Switches
The SL1 Series compact limit switches are sealed, sensitive and have a long life. The compact size makes them suitable
for the total miniaturization of machinery or equipment.
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
Termination:
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Electrical rating/contact:
SL1-*
SL1-* K
10 million
IP 67, NEMA 3, 4, 13
-10 °C to 70 °C (14 °F to 160 °F)
UL, CSA, CE
Cable gland
11,76 N (2.64 lb)
1,5 mm (0.060 in)
3,0 mm (0.118 in)
0,10 mm (0.004 in)
5A - 125, 250 Vac
Silver
0.1 A - 125 Vac; 0.1 A - 30 Vdc
Gold clad cross point
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw,
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Actuators
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
Top roller plunger, parallel, boot seal
11 D X 4W ROLLER
PT
25,4
(OP)
CONTACT
Silver
Gold clad cross point
REFERENCE
SL1-H
SL1-HK
Top roller plunger, parallel
18
REFERENCE
SL1-B
SL1-BK
Top roller plunger, long, parallel
41,4
(OP)
31,4
(OP)
CONTACT
Silver
Gold clad cross point
CONTACT
Silver
Gold clad cross point
REFERENCE
SL1-A
SL1-AK
CONTACT
Silver
Gold clad cross point
www.honeywell.com/sensing
REFERENCE
SL1-E
SL1-EK
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
Top roller plunger, perpendicular
Top roller lever
31,4
(OP)
CONTACT
Silver
Gold clad cross point
REFERENCE
SL1-D
SL1-DK
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
CONTACT
Silver
Gold clad cross point
3,92 N (0.88 lb)
2,0 mm (0.079 in)
4,0 mm (0.158 in)
0,3 mm (0.012 in)
REFERENCE
SL1-P
SL1-PK
Top roller plunger, long, perpendicular
41,4
(OP)
CONTACT
Silver
Gold clad cross point
REFERENCE
SL1-K
SL1-KK
www.honeywell.com/sensing
19
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
14CE/914CE Series
Miniature Enclosed
Switches
The 14CE/914CE Series offers a miniature, rugged, compact, pre-wired switch which has proved itself
successful and gained wide market acceptance. The entire range of 14CE and 914CE switches has been
approved to meet the requirements of the Low Voltage directive and is therefore CE marked.
CE switches have different degrees of protection from IP66 to IP68 for the fully booted head styles. The
cable entry is fully potted using a special compound to ensure that ingress is virtually impossible.
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
Operating force (OF):
Pretravel (PT):
Overtravel (OT):
Differential travel (DT):
Contact/Rating:
Connection:
Actuators
Switching options:
10 million
IP66, IP67, IP68
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 6P, 12 (boot seal), 13
14CE
0 °C to 70 °C (32 °F to 158 °F)
914CE
0 °C to 105 °C (32 °F to 221 °F)
14CE
CE
914CE
CSA, UL, CE
AC14 D300
DC13 R300
11,8 N (2,65 lb) max.
1,8 mm (0.71 in) max.
3,0 mm (0.118 in) min.
0,1mm (0.004 in) max.
(9)14CE* -*
Silver
A
(9)14CE* -*G
Gold
B
(9)14CE* -Q, -AQ, -AQ1
Silver
C
Harmonised CENELEC 4 x 0,75 mm2 cable (14CE)
SJTO 4 x 0,75 mm2 (18 AWG) cable (914CE)
Connector (dc), 4 pin male, M12 thread (-Q)
Connector (ac), 4 pin male, ½ in x 20 thread (-Q1)
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
S.P.D.T
BROWN
2
14CE
914CE
GREEN/YELLOW
BLUE
1
3
BLACK
Electrical ratings:
A
UL/CSA:
B
UL:
C
UL/CSA:
Amps
Make
1.2
5
3
3
240 Vac, ind.
240 Vac, res.
28 Vdc, res.
28 Vdc, ind.
5 A, 1/10 Hp, 125 or 250 Vac
1 A res., 0.5 A ind., 30 Vdc
1 A, 125 Vac
3 A, 125 or 250 Vac
Operating
point (OP)
1,8 max PT
Free position
(FP)
Ø
14CE 7,4 (0.29)
914CE 8,65 (0.34)
20
Break
0.2
5
3
3
www.honeywell.com/sensing
3 min OT
,
,
,
Side exit cable
(Option 'A')
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
Plunger actuated switches
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
Ø 10,0
(0.39)
Ball bearing plunger
Top roller plunger, parallel
Ø 12,4
(0.49)
OP
15,7
(0.62)
OP
28,4
(1.12)
OP
24,4
(0.96)
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
3 ft cable, side exit
3 ft cable, bottom exit, gold contacts
6 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit, gold contacts
9 ft cable, bottom exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
Connector (ac), bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE1-3
914CE1-3A
914CE1-3G
914CE1-6
914CE1-6G
914CE1-9
914CE1-Q
914CE1-Q1
EUROPE
1 metre cable, bottom exit
1 metre cable, side exit
1 metre cable, bottom exit, gold contacts
2 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, side exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit, gold contacts
Connector (dc), side exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
REFERENCE
14CE1-1
14CE1-1A
14CE1-1G
14CE1-2
14CE1-3
14CE1-3A
14CE1-3G
14CE1-AQ
14CE1-Q
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE66-3
914CE66-6
EUROPE/
1 metre cable, bottom exit
2 metre cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
14CE66-1
14CE66-2
Adjustable plunger
Top pin plunger, boot seal
Ø 7,0
(0.28)
OP
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
3 ft cable, side exit
3 ft cable, bottom exit, gold contacts
6 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, side exit
9 ft cable, bottom exit
Connector (dc), side exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
Connector (ac), bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE2-3
914CE2-3A
914CE2-3G
914CE2-6
914CE2-6A
914CE2-9
914CE2-AQ
914CE2-Q
914CE2-Q1
EUROPE
1 metre cable, bottom exit
1 metre cable, side exit
1 metre cable, bottom exit, gold contacts
2 metre cable, bottom exit
2 metre cable, side exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, side exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit, gold contacts
Connector (dc), side exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
REFERENCE
14CE2-1
14CE2-1A
14CE2-1G
14CE2-2
14CE2-2A
14CE2-3
14CE2-3A
14CE2-3G
14CE2-AQ
14CE2-Q
Top roller plunger, parallel, boot
seal
OP
24,6
(0.98)
Ø 12,4
(0.49)
OP
34,4
(1.35)
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
3 ft cable, side exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
9 ft cable, bottom exit
9 ft cable, side exit
Connector (ac), side exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
Connector (ac), bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE18-3
914CE18-3A
914CE18-6
914CE18-9
914CE18-9A
914CE18-AQ1
914CE18-Q
914CE18-Q1
EUROPE
1 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
REFERENCE
14CE18-1
14CE18-3
14CE18-Q
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
9 ft cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE19-3
914CE19-9
Manually operated
Operating force (OF):
OP
27,4
(1.08)
M10x1 Thread
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
Connector (dc), bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE31-3
914CE31-6
EUROPE
1 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
14CE31-1
14CE31-3
Top roller plunger, parallel, panel
mounted
Top pin plunger, panel mounted
OP
29,2
(1.15)
17,5 N (3.82 lb)
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
Operating force (OF):
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
6 ft cable, bottom exit
9,0 N (2.02 lb)
REFERENCE
914CE22-6
OP
42,5
(1.67)
REFERENCE
914CE27-Q
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
www.honeywell.com/sensing
REFERENCE
914CE28-3
914CE28-6
914CE28-Q
21
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
14CE/914CE Series
Plunger actuated switches
(continued)
Side rotary and wobble
actuated switches
Top roller plunger, perpendicular
OPTIONS
5,1
(0.20)
Rotary motion
Ø 12,4
(0.49)
OP
28,5
(1.12)
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, side exit
9 ft cable, bottom exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
Connector (ac), bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE3-3
914CE3-6
914CE3-6A
914CE3-9
914CE3-Q
914CE3-Q1
EUROPE
1 metre cable, bottom exit
2 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
14CE3-1
14CE3-2
14CE3-3
Top roller plunger, perpendicular,
boot seal
OP
34,4
(1.35)
(actuating lever not included - use any
LSZ51*, LSZ52*, LSZ54*, LSZ55* or LSZ61*
Series shown on page ??
Operating torque:
Pretravel (PT):
Overtravel (OT) mm:
Differential travel:
0,3 Nm (2.66 in lb)
30° max.
40° min.
3°
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
3 ft cable, side exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
9 ft cable, bottom exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE16-3
914CE16-3A
914CE16-6
914CE16-9
914CE16-Q
EUROPE
1 metre cable, bottom exit
2 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
14CE16-1
14CE16-2
14CE16-3
Wobble Spring wire
Operating force (OF):
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
3 ft cable, side exit
17,5 N (3.82 lb)
REFERENCE
914CE55-3
914CE55-3A
Top roller plunger, perpendicular,
panel mounted
OP
42,5
(1.67)
Operating Force (OF):
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
22
REFERENCE
914CE29-3
914CE29-6
0,55 N (0.12 lb)
NORTH AMERICA/GLOBAL
3 ft cable, bottom exit
6 ft cable, bottom exit
9 ft cable, bottom exit
Connector (dc), bottom exit
REFERENCE
914CE20-3
914CE20-6
914CE20-9
914CE20-Q
EUROPE
1 metre cable, bottom exit
3 metre cable, bottom exit
REFERENCE
14CE20-1
14CE20-3
www.honeywell.com/sensing
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
24CE/924CE Series
Miniature Safety
Electromechanical
Switches
Actuators
For position sensing and switching applications requiring direct acting, positive opening contacts the
24CE and 924CE ranges are ideal. They have been tested and approved to meet the requirements of the Low
Voltage directive and positive opening safety contacts per IEC/EN 60947-5-1-3. The devices are CE marked.
The red colour clearly differentiates this safety component in the application. The 924CE range also has UL
and CSA approval.
It is possible for the end user to enhance the safety level of these switches from Category 1 on their own to
Categories 2, 3 or 4 when the switches are used in conjunction with our wide range of FF-SR safety relays to
form a safety system.
Typical applications for these switches would use the roller plunger 24CE2- or 24CE3- style in conjunction
with cams on doors with hinges; or our fixed side rotary 24CE16- style for detection of sliding doors. Also
available are a range of panel mounting or top mounting versions to ensure that small space or difficult
mounting can be simply achieved.
Several contact arrangements are available.
Mechanical life:
10 million
Sealing:
standard type: IP66; with boot seal type: IP67
Operating temperature:
24CE
0 °C to 70 °C (32 °F to 158 °F)
Low temperature: -40 °C (-40 °F)
924CE
0 °C to 105 °C (32 °F to 221 °F)
Approvals:
24CE
CE
AC15 B300
DC13 R300
924CE
CSA, CE
per UL file #E41859, 10 A 250 Vac; 1/3 Hp 125-250 Vac
AC15 B300
DC13 R300
Connection:
Harmonised CENELEC 3 or 5 x 0,75 mm2 cable (24CE)
SJTO 3 or 5 x 18 AWG cable (924CE)
Contacts:
Silver
Switching options:
924CE
24CE
Slow action contacts (1NC)
black
blue
red
brown
green
green/yellow
Slow action contacts (1NC/1NO), Break Before Make (BBM)
black
red
blue
Zb
white
brown
green
green/yellow
Zb
white
black
black
Slow action contacts (1NC/1NO), Make Before Break (MBB)
black
blue
red
green
Zb
white
brown
green/yellow
Zb
black
white
Electrical ratings:
Designation & Utilization
Category
AC15
B300
DC13
R300
black
IEC 60947-5-1/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational current le (A)
at rated operational voltage Ue
120 V 240 V 380 V 480 V 500 V 600 V
3
1.5
125 V 250 V
0,22
0,1
VA
rating
Make
Break
3600
360
28
28
40 / max.
1.58
16 / max.
0.63
25 /
0.98
Free position
2 Holes 5,1 dia
Counter Bored 10,2 dia x 6 deep
(both sides - option 'A' only)
49 / max.
1.93
8/
0.32
1NC: 8,4 /
.33
1NC/1NO: 9,5 /
.374
www.honeywell.com/sensing
Side exit cable
(Option 'A')
Note: connector versions also available
23
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
24CE/924CE Series
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger, boot sealed
Side rotary
Top roller plunger, parallel
ø7,1
OT
PT
PT
DT
DT
ø12,4
OT
24,3 max.
North America/Global
North America/Global
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
6 ft
1NC/1NO, BBM
North America/Global
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
3 ft
1NC, BBM
9 ft
1NC, BBM
3 ft
1NC, MBB
3 ft
1NC
9 ft
1NC
REFERENCE
924CE16-S3
924CE16-S9
924CE16-T3
924CE16-Y3
924CE16-Y9
REFERENCE
924CE18-S6
Adjustable plunger
Europe
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
1m
1NC/1NO, BBM
1m
1NC
6m
1NC
26,8
(1.05)
REFERENCE
24CE16-S1
24CE16-Y1
24CE16-Y6
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
3 ft
1NC/1NO, BBM
ø10
OPTION
low temperature
REFERENCE
924CE19-S3L1
17,5 max.
North America/Global
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
3 ft
1NC, BBM
6 ft
1NC, BBM
9 ft
1NC, BBM
25 ft
1NC, MBB
3 ft
1NC, MBB
3 ft
1NC, MBB
6 ft
1NC, MBB
9 ft
1NC, MBB
9 ft
1NC, MBB
3 ft
1NC
9 ft
1NC
OPTION
side exit
side exit
side exit
side exit
REFERENCE
924CE1-S3
924CE1-S6
924CE1-S9
924CE1-T25A
924CE1-T3
924CE1-T3A
924CE1-T6A
924CE1-T9
924CE1-T9A
924CE1-Y3
924CE1-Y9
Europe
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
12 m
1NC/1NO, BBM
2m
1NC/1NO, BBM
2m
1NC/1NO, BBM
2m
1NC/1NO, BBM
3m
1NC/1NO, BBM
6m
1NC/1NO, BBM
1m
1NC
2m
1NC
3m
1NC
24
OPTION
low temperature
side exit
low temperature
side exit
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
15 ft
1NC, BBM
21 ft
1NC, BBM
3 ft
1NC, BBM
6 ft
1NC, BBM
6 ft
1NC, BBM
9 ft
1NC, BBM
25 ft
1NC, MBB
25 ft
1NC, MBB
3 ft
1NC, MBB
6 ft
1NC, MBB
9 ft
1NC, MBB
3 ft
1NC
9 ft
1NC
OPTION
side exit
side exit
REFERENCE
924CE2-S15
924CE2-S21
924CE2-S3
924CE2-S6
924CE2-S6A
924CE2-S9
924CE2-T25
924CE2-T25A
924CE2-T3
924CE2-T6
924CE2-T9
924CE2-Y3
924CE2-Y9
Europe
North America/Global
Top pin plunger
30,3 max.
REFERENCE
24CE1-S12B
24CE1-S2
24CE1-S2A
24CE1-S2B
24CE1-S3
24CE1-S6
24CE1-Y1A
24CE1-Y2
24CE1-Y3
www.honeywell.com/sensing
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
1m
1NC/1NO, BBM
2m
1NC/1NO, BBM
2m
1NC/1NO, BBM
2m
1NC/1NO, BBM
3m
1NC/1NO, BBM
6m
1NC/1NO, BBM
2m
1NC/1NO, MBB
1m
1NC
2m
1NC
2m
1NC
4m
1NC
6m
1NC
OPTION
side exit
low temperature
side exit
side exit
REFERENCE
24CE2-S1
24CE2-S2
24CE2-S2A
24CE2-S2B
24CE2-S3
24CE2-S6
24CE2-T2
24CE2-Y1
24CE2-Y2
24CE2-Y2A
24CE2-Y4
24CE2-Y6A
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
Top roller plunger, perpendicular
Top roller plunger, parallel,
boot sealed
ø12,4
30,3 max.
ø12,4
36,1 max.
North America/Global
North America/Global
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
3 ft
1NC, BBM
20 ft
1NC
Y20
3 ft
1NC
Y3L1
OPTION
REFERENCE
924CE31-S6
924CE31-
low temperature
924CE31-
Europe
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
1m
1NC/1NO, BBM
2m
1NC/1NO, BBM
2m
1NC/1NO, BBM
5m
1NC/1NO, BBM
1m
1NC
2m
1NC
3m
1NC
OPTION
low temperature
REFERENCE
24CE31-S1
24CE31-S2
24CE31-S2B
24CE31-S5
24CE31-Y1
24CE31-Y2
24CE31-Y3
CABLE LENGTH
3 ft
6 ft
9 ft
9 ft
CONTACT
1NC, BBM
1NC, BBM
1NC, BBM
1NC, MBB
REFERENCE
924CE3-S3
924CE3-S6
924CE3-S9
924CE3-T9
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
1NC
1NC
REFERENCE
24CE3-S2
24CE3-Y1
24CE3-Y2
Europe
CABLE LENGTH
2m
1m
2m
Top roller plunger, perpendicular,
boot sealed
ø12,4
Top roller plunger, parallel, panel
mounted
27,7
(1.75)
36,1 max.
Europe
CABLE LENGTH
1m
2m
1m
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
1NC/1NO, BBM
1NC
REFERENCE
24CE55-S1
24CE55-S2
24CE55-Y1
North America/Global
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
15 ft
1NC, BBM
S15
REFERENCE
924CE28-
Europe
CABLE LENGTH CONTACT
2m
1NC/1NO, BBM
REFERENCE
24CE28-S2
www.honeywell.com/sensing
25
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
Blank page
26
www.honeywell.com/sensing
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
LS Series
Compact Limit
Switches
LS Series compact limit switches are carefully designed for accurate repeatability under the most stringent conditions.
Compact size and field adjustable features greatly extend the flexibility of these switches. Heads may be positioned at
90° increments. Side rotary models can be adjusted for clockwise and/or counter-clockwise operation. Actuators can be
set and locked in any position through 360°.
The rugged housings and actuator heads are constructed from cast aluminium, capable of withstanding physical abuse.
Protection against oil, water and dust is achieved by O-ring seals on the actuator shaft; a ring seal between head and
body; and a seated compression seal between cover and case.
The LS fits in many places too small for any other fully adjustable limit switch.
Conduit:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
Contacts:
Switching options:
½ in - 14 NPT
20 mm
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 13
IP67
-29 °C to 71 °C (-20 °F to 160 °F)
-29 °C to 121 °C (-20 °F to 250 °F)
UL, CSA
Silver Cadmium Oxide (1)
Fine Silver
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
½ in - 14 NPT conduit
20 mm conduit
Standard
High
LS-L
Electrical ratings A, B, C, D, E
Electrical ratings F, G
SPDT
4
3
1
2
Actuators
Electrical ratings:
A
10 A, 120, 240 or 480 Vac; 1/3 hp, 120 Vac; ¾ hp, 240
Vac;
0.8 A, 115 Vdc**; 0.4 A, 230 Vdc;** 0.1 A, 550 Vdc;**
Pilot Duty, 600 Vac max.
B
10 A, 120, 240 or 480 Vac; ¼ hp, 120 Vac; ½ hp, 240
Vac.
Pilot Duty, 600 Vac max.
C
10 A, 120 Vac; 1/3 hp, 120 Vac.
D
10 A, 120, 240, 480 Vac; ¼ hp, 120 Vac; ½ hp, 240 Vac;
0.8 A, 115 Vdc**; 0.4 A, 230 Vdc**; 0.1 A, 550 Vdc**;
Pilot Duty, 600 Vac max.
E
10 A, 120, 240 or 480 Vac; 1/3 hp, 120 Vac; ¾ hp, 240
Vac.
Pilot Duty, 600 Vac max.
F
UL Rating:
10 A, 125, 250, or 480 Vac; 1/3 hp, 125 Vac; ¾ hp, 250 Vac;
0.8 A, 125 Vdc**; 0.4 A, 250 Vdc**
G
UL Rating:
10 A, 125, 250 or 480 Vac; ¼ hp, 125 Vac; ½ hp, 250 Vac;
0.8 A, 125 Vdc**; 0.4 A, 250 Vdc**
**
Resistive rating
(1)
Designed for use with inductive loads such as relays, contactors, motors and solenoids. Honeywell does not
recommend the use of silver cadmium oxide switch contacts in non-arcing loads. Non-arcing loads are
generally loads less than 12 volts and/or 0.5 amp.
www.honeywell.com/sensing
27
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
LS Series
Side rotary actuated switches
OPTIONS
Adjustable roller lever
Fixed length lever
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Standard
Low
Standard
Low
Overtravel min. (OT)
Differential travel max. (DT): Standard
Low
Switching options:
Lever:
13,3 N (3.0 lb)
5,0 N (18 oz)
20°
5°
30°
12°
4°
SPDT
Aluminium, steel roller
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT)
Differential travel max. (DT):
20 mm
20 mm
Low PT/OF
Low PT
Low PT
20 mm
High temperature
High temperature 20 mm
Indicator light
Low OF
28
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
F
A
B
B
B
A
A
C
A
REFERENCE
1LS1
1LS1-L
1LS1-4C
1LS131
1LS19
1LS19-4C
1LS243
1LS243-4C
1LS501
1LS6
Standard
Low
Switching options:
Lever:
CONDUIT
CONDUIT
Standard
Low
Standard
Low
Low PT
Low OF/PT/DT
www.honeywell.com/sensing
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
F
A
B
B
13,3 N (3.0 lb)
5,0 N (18 oz)
20°
5°
30°
12°
4°
SPDT
Aluminium, nylon roller
REFERENCE
1LS3
1LS3-L
1LS3-4C
1LS58
1LS59
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
No lever
Note: Levers are ordered separately (see pages 69-71
for details)
Adjustable rod
Operating force max. (OF):
Standard
Low
Standard
Low
Pretravel max. (PT):
Operating force max. (OF):
Standard
Low with standard PT
Low with low PT
Pretravel max. (PT):
Standard
Low
Maintained contact
Overtravel min. (OT)
Standard
Maintained contact
Differential travel max. (DT):
Standard
Low PT
Maintained contact
Switching options:
0,51 N m (4.5 in lb)
0,21 N m (30 in oz)
0,11 N m (1 in lb)
20°
5°
55°
30°
35°
12°
4°
20°
SPDT
Maintained contact
Overtravel min. (OT)
Differential travel max. (DT):
1,39 N (5 oz)
0,83 Nm (3 oz)
20°
5°
30°
12°
4°
SPDT
Aluminium rod
Standard
Low
Switching options:
Lever:
CONDUIT
20 mm
Low PT
Low PT/OF/DT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
F
A
B
B
REFERENCE
1LS10
1LS10-L
1LS10-4C
1LS47
1LS53
SPDT contact
CONDUIT
20 mm
Low OF
Low OF/PT
Low PT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
F
A
A
B
B
REFERENCE
1LS2
1LS2-L
1LS2-4C
1LS23
1LS56
1LS9
Maintained contact
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
F
Side rotary, yoke lever, maintained contact
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Switching options:
Lever:
6LS1
6LS3
8,9 N (2.0 lb)
55°
Maintained
Steel rollers on opposite sides of arm
Nylon rollers on same side of arm
REFERENCE
6LS2
6LS2-L
CONDUIT
20 mm
www.honeywell.com/sensing
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
A
REFERENCE
6LS1
6LS1-4C
6LS3
29
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
LS Series
Plunger actuated switches
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
Side pin plunger
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT)
Differential travel max. (DT):
Standard
Low
Standard
Low
Standard
Low
Switching options:
31,14 N (7 lb)
10 N (36 oz)
1,65 mm (0.065 in)
6,35 mm (0.25 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,51 mm (0.020 in)
0,23 mm (0.009 in)
SPDT
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT)
Differential travel max. (DT):
Switching options:
CONDUIT
20 mm
CONDUIT
20 mm
Low OF/OT/DT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
F
A
E
REFERENCE
2LS1
2LS1-L
2LS1-4C
2LS111
Top roller plunger
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT)
Differential travel max. (DT):
Switching options:
31,14 N (7 lb)
1,65 mm (0.065 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,51 mm (0.020 in)
SPDT
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT)
Differential travel max. (DT):
Switching options:
20 mm
20 mm
30
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
F
A
REFERENCE
4LS1
4LS1-4C
Side roller plunger
CONDUIT
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
40,03 N (9 lb)
2,8 mm (0.110 in)
6,35 mm (0.25 in)
1,02 mm (0.040 in)
SPDT
REFERENCE
5LS1
5LS1-L
5LS1-4C
www.honeywell.com/sensing
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
40,03 N (9 lb)
2,8 mm (0.110 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
1,02 mm (0.040 in)
SPDT
REFERENCE
3LS1
3LS1-4C
COMPACT LIMIT SWITCHES
Wobble actuated switches
These switches will operate by moving actuator in any
direction except direct pull.
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Switching options:
1,39 N (5 oz)
28,6 mm (1,125 in)
SPDT
OPTIONS
Flexible cable
Coil spring
Ø 6,17 ±0.08
(0.264 ±0.003)
Ø 4,80 ±0.08
(0.189 ±0.003)
141,0 ±2,54
(5,550 ±0.10)
141,0 ±2,54
(5,550 ±0.10)
CONDUIT
20 mm
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
G
D
REFERENCE
8LS1
8LS1-L
8LS1-4C
CONDUIT
20 mm
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
D
REFERENCE
8LS152
8LS152-4C
Steel wire
Spring rod
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
0,28 N (1 oz)
63,5 mm (2.5 in)
191,3
(7.53)
CONDUIT
20 mm
CONDUIT
20 mm
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
D
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
D
REFERENCE
8LS125
8LS125-4C
REFERENCE
8LS3
8LS3-4C
www.honeywell.com/sensing
31
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
BF Series
Plastic
Enclosed Basic
Switches
BF Series Plastic Enclosed Basic Switches are available with a wide variety of actuators, and are designed for easy
mounting and wiring. BF switches are designed to allow mounting with the cover either towards or away from the
mounting surface.
Switches with lever type actuators are adjustable in two directions. The entire actuator can be rotated around its
mounting bushing, and the angle of the lever can also be changed.
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
Termination:
Contacts:
Electrical ratings:
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 13
-32 °C to 71 °C (-25 °F to 160 °F)
UL
½ in - 14NPT
Silver
11 A - 125 Vac, 250 Vac or 277 Vac
5 A - 125 Vac, 250 Vac or 277 Vac
A
B
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw,
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Actuators
Plunger actuated switches
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
14,3
0.56
Top roller arm, adjustable
18,3
0.72
Ø 7,1 Max.
0.28
,9
39 7
1.5
17,5
0.69
65,28
2.57
23,1
0.91 Max.
44,5
1.75
15,5 35,1
0.61 1.38
17,5
0.69
4,9
9,5
0.19 0.38
58,7
2.31
73,5
2.89
Conduit thread
44,5
1.75
Operating force max. (OF):
Differential travel max. (DT):
ACTUATOR POSITION
Left
Right
73,6
2.90
12,23 N (44 oz)
0,64 mm (0.025 in)
ELECTRICAL RATING
B
B
4,9
9,5
0.19 0.38
REFERENCE
BFL1-BP1
BFR1-BP1
15,5 35,1
0.61 1.38
58,7
2.31
73,5
2.89
Operating force max. (OF):
Differential travel max. (DT):
ACTUATOR POSITION
Left
Right
32
www.honeywell.com/sensing
10,56 N (38 oz)
1,65 mm (0.065 in)
ELECTRICAL RATING
B
B
REFERENCE
BFL1-BL1
BFR1-BL1
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
Plunger actuated switches
(continued)
Wobble actuated switches
Operating force max. (OF):
1,95 N (7 oz)
OPTIONS
Coil spring
Top roller arm, adjustable, one
way
Spring wire
14,3
0.56
14,3
0.56
Ø 7,1 Max.
0.28
Ø 1,02
0.05
39
1.5 ,6
6
19,05
0.75
18,3
0.72
32,26
1.27
180˚
169,9
6.69
17,5
0.69
35,1
1.38
Ø 15,5
0.61
168,8
6.65
73,6
2.90
44,5
1.75
17,5
0.69
14,73
0.58
58,7
2.31
9,5
0.38
4,9
0.19
Operating force max. (OF):
Left
Right
ELECTRICAL
RATING
B
B
15,5 35,1
0.61 1.38
44,5
1.75
35,1
1.38
44,5
1.75
73,5
2.89
ACTUATOR
POSITION
Left
Right
17,5
0.69
58,7
2.31
73,5
2.89
4,9
9,5
0.19 0.38
3,61 N (13 oz)
10,56 N (38 oz)
REFERENCE
BFL1-BL3
BFR1-BL3
ACTUATOR
POSITION
Left
Left
Right
4,9
9,5
0.19 0.38
ELECTRICAL
RATING
A
B
B
73,5
2.89
REFERENCE
BFL1-AW1
BFL1-BW1
BFR1-BW1
14,7 15,5
0.58 0.61
58,7
2.31
ACTUATOR
POSITION
Left
Right
ELECTRICAL
RATING
B
B
REFERENCE
BFL1-BW4
BFR1-BW4
Plastic
Low force rod
14,3
0.56
250˚
Ø 7,1
0.28
18,3
0.72
17,5
0.69
73,6
2.90
44,5
1.75
4,9
0.19
35,1
1.38
9,5
0.38
14,73
0.58
58,7
2.31
Ø 15,5
0.61
249,25
9.81
73,5
2.89
Operating force max. (OF):
Left
Right
ACTUATOR
POSITION
Left
Right
ELECTRICAL
RATING
B
B
10,56 N (38 oz)
3,61 N (13 oz)
17,5
0.69
REFERENCE
BFL1-BL2
BFR1-BL2
44,5
1.75
4,9
0.19
35,1
1.38
9,5
0.38
15,5
0.61
58,7
2.31
C
73,5
2.89
Type -BW3
ACTUATOR
POSITION
Left,
179,3 mm (7.06 in) length rod
Left,
249,25 mm (9.8 in) length rod
ELECTRICAL
RATING
A
REFERENCE
B
BFL1-BW3
BFL1-AW2
www.honeywell.com/sensing
33
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
BZE/DTE Series
Compact Enclosed
Switches
The BZE/DTE Series general purpose enclosed limit switches offer precision operation and sturdy
actuation in a compact but rugged aluminium housing. The large wiring enclosure means that the user
can get access to wire the device simply. The switch incorporates high repeatability of the switch point
early in the travel of the switch. This is achieved through a very tolerant over-travel mechanism which
ensures that application drift will not affect long term accuracy of the switch.
Conduit:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
E6
V6
Standard
Low
Approvals:
Contacts:
Electrical ratings A, B, C
Electrical rating D
Switching options:
SPDT
½ in - 14 NPT
NEMA 1
NEMA 1, 3
-32 °C to 71 °C (-25 °F to 160 °F)
-40 °C to 71°C (-40 °F to 160 °F)
UL, CSA, CE
Silver
Gold
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Actuators
DPDT
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
Electrical ratings:
A
UL/CSA Rating:
34
15 A, 125, 250 or 480 Vac:
2 A, 600 Vac:
1
/8 Hp, 125 Vac: ¼ Hp, 250 Vac:
½ A, 125 Vdc: ¼ A, 250 Vdc
B
UL/CSA Rating:
10 A, 125 or 250 Vac:
0.3 A, 125 Vdc: 0.15 A, 250 Vdc
C
UL/CSA Rating:
15 A, 125, 250 or 480 Vac;
¼ Hp, 125 Vac; ½ Hp, 250 Vac;
½ A, 125 Vdc; ¼ A, 250 Vdc
D
UL/CSA Rating:
1 A - 125 Vac
www.honeywell.com/sensing
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
E6/V6
E6 (side mount) and V6 (flange mount) switches are offered with or without actuator seal boots. Both have a combination insulator/ seal cemented inside the
bottom enclosure. Lead washers are used to seal the mounting holes on side mount switches. All side mount switches are installed with #6 screws, except the
BZE6-2RN7 (#8 screws). Removal of the bottom enclosure exposes the terminals for easy wiring.
Momentary contact
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
2,0 REF
(0.08)
23,4
(0.92)
43,7 OP
(1.72)
19,0
(0.75)
25,4
(1.00)
25,4
(1.00)
Top roller plunger, parallel
10,6
(0.42)
Ø 8,4
(0.33)
1/2-14 NPT
Threads
63,5
OP
(2.50)
25,4
(1.00)
56,6 OP
(2,23)
77,2
(3.04)
41,4
(1.63)
25,4
(1.00)
54,1
(2.13)
Flange mount
without boot seal
Side mount
with boot seal
OP 49,61
(1.953)
1/2-14 NPT
Threads
With boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):SPDT Standard
2,50 N to 6,67 N (9 oz to 24 oz)
SPDT Low temperature 4,17 N to 10,84 N (15 oz to 39 oz)
DPDT 6,95 N to 16,4 N (25 oz to 59 oz)
Pretravel max. (PT):
SPDT
1,98 mm (0.078 in)
DPDT
2,8 mm (0.110 in)
Overtravel min. (OT):
SPDT
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
DPDT
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
Differential travel max. (DT):
SPDT
0.05 mm (0.002 in)
DPDT
1,52 mm (0.060 in)
25,4
(1.00)
25,4
(1.00)
25,4
(1.0)
22,6
(0.89)
77,2
(3.04)
Side mount
with boot seal
Side mount
without boot seal
With boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Low temperature/High OF
#8 screws
Gold contacts
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
A
A
D
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RN
DTE6-2RN
BZE6-2RN34
BZE6-2RN7
BZE6-2RN72
22,6
(0.89)
69,6
(2.740)
25,4
(1.00)
Side mount
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
Ø
15,75
(0.62)
19,0
(0.75)
19,0
(0.75)
22,6
(0.89)
21,1
(0.83)
12,7 (0.50) Ø
X
4,6 (0.18)
Wide Roller
12,7 (0.50) Ø
X
4,6 (0.18) W
Roller
1/2-14 NPT
Threads
4,3 Ø (2)
(0.17)
44,4
(1.75)
22,6
(0.89)
77,2
(3.04)
23,4
(0.92)
Ø 8,4
(0.33)
2,50 N to 6,67 N (9 oz to 24 oz)
5,56 N to 13,34 N (20 oz to 48 oz)
1,98 mm (0.078 in)
2,8 mm (0.110 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
0,01 mm to 0,05 mm
(0.0004 in to 0.0020 in)
1,52 mm (0.060 in)
Side mount
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RN80
DTE6-2RN80
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BZV6-2RN80
Flange mount
Flange mount
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
BZV6-2RN
DTV6-2RN
CONTACT
SPDT
CONDUIT
Without boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
Without boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
2,50 N to 3,61 N (9 oz to 13 oz)
5,56 N to 11,12 N (20 oz to 40 oz)
0,38 mm (0.015 in)
3,81 mm (0.150 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
2,24 mm (0.088 in)
0,05 mm (0.002 in)
1,52 mm (0.060 in)
Side mount
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RQ
DTE6-2RQ
Flange mount
CONTACT
SPDT
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
2,50 N to 3,61 N (9 oz to 13 oz)
6,67 N to 13,34 N (24oz to 48 oz)
0,38 mm (0.015 in)
3,58 mm (0.141 in)
3,55 mm (0.140 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
0,05 mm (0.002 in)
1,52 mm (0.060 in)
Side mount
CONTACT
SPDT
Field adjustable roller SPDT
Field adjustable roller DPDT
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
B
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RQ8
BZE6-2RQ9
DTE6-2RQ9
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BZV6-2RQ8
Flange mount
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
REFERENCE
BZV6-2RQ
www.honeywell.com/sensing
35
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
BZE/DTE Series
E6/V6 Momentary contact (continued)
Top roller plunger, perpendicular
Roller arm, adjustable
12,7 (0.50) Ø
X
4,6 (0.18) W
Roller
56,6 OP
(2,23)
19,0
(0.75)
25,4
(1.00)
25,4
(1.00)
22,6
(0.89)
77,2
(3.04)
Side mount
with boot seal
Flange mount
without boot seal
With boot seal
Operating Force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
2,60 N to 6,67 N (9 oz to 24 oz)
1,98 mm (0.078 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,01 mm to 0,05 mm
(0.0004 in to 0.0020 in)
Side mount
CONTACT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RN81
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
2,50 N to 3,61 N (9 oz to 13 oz)
6,67 N to 13,34 N (24 oz to 48 oz)
0,38 mm (0.015 in)
3,58 mm (0.141 in)
3,55 mm (0.140 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
0,05 mm (0.002 in)
1,52 mm (0.060 in)
Side mount
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
Flange mount
with boot seal
Operating temperature: Standard
Low
Roller:
-32 °C to 71 °C (-25 °F to 160 °F)
-40 °C to 71 °C (-40 °F to 160 °F)
Steel
With boot seal
Operating Force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
SPDT
DPDT
2,78 N to 5,56 N (10 oz to 20 oz)
4,78 mm (0.188 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,15 mm (0.006 in)
4,19 mm (0.165 in)
DPDT
DPDT
13,34 N (48 oz)
7,92 mm (0.312 in)
Side mount
Without boot seal
Operating Force max. (OF):
Side mount
without boot seal
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RQ81
DTE6-2RQ81
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BZV6-2RQ81
Operating Force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
Low temperature SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
A
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RN2
DTE6-2RN2
BZE6-2RN234
Flange mount
Operating Force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
2,78 N to 8,34 N (10 oz to 30 oz)
6,76 mm (0.266 in)
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
BZV6-2RN2
DTV6-2RN2
Flange mount
CONTACT
SPDT
Without boot seal
Operating Force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Side mount
Flange mount
36
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
www.honeywell.com/sensing
2,78 N to 5,00 N (10 oz to 20 oz)
4,78 mm (0.188 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,15 mm (0.006 in)
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RQ2
BZV6-2RQ2
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
One way roller lever
Manual palm button
36,6
1.44
18,3
0.72
38,1
1.50
31,8
1.25
1/2 - 14 NPSM
5 THREADS MIN
78,5
3.09
4,3
Ø (2)
0.17
44,4
1.75
22,6
0.89
77,2
3.04
Side mount
with boot seal
Side mount
with boot seal
With boot seal
Operating Force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
CONTACT
SPDT
Side mount
41,4
1.63
25,4
1.00
54,1
2.13
With boot seal
2,22 N to 5,56 N (8 oz to 20 oz)
5,94 mm (0.234 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,15 mm (0.006 in)
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RN28
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Flange mount
Rod lever
CONTACT
SPDT
2,78 N to 5,56 N (10 oz to 20 oz)
4,78 mm (0.188 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,15 mm (0.006 in)
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BZV6-2RN4
Wobble, coil spring
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
18,24 mm (0.718 in)
21,29 mm (0.838 in)
5,82 mm (0.229 in)
These switches will operate by moving actuator in any direction except direct
pull.
152,4
(6.0)
18,29
(0.72)
250˚
53,19
(2.09)
Ø 15,75
(0.62)
19,05
(0.75)
25,4
(1.00)
22,6
(0.89)
69,60
(2,74)
77,2
(3.04)
Flange mount
without boot seal
With boot seal
With boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
Side mount
Flange mount
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
Flange mount
with boot seal
Side mount
with boot seal
0,83 N to 1,95 N (3 oz to 7 oz)
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RN62
BZV6-2RN62
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Side mount
Flange mount
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
1,95 N (7 oz)
15°
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RN18
BZV6-2RN18
Without boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
Side mount
Flange mount
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
0,56 N to 1,39 N (2 oz to 5 oz)
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
REFERENCE
BZE6-2RQ62
BZV6-2RQ62
www.honeywell.com/sensing
37
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
BZE/DTE Series
E6/V6 Maintained contact (reset) switches
The switches shown below provide maintained contact after the operating
force on either top or bottom plunger is released.
Note: The top plungers on these switches provide more accurate and uniform
operation than the “reset” plungers and should be used when closely held
operating characteristics are required.
Switching:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
(1NC/1NO) Maintained
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
Roller arm, adjustable
Side mount
with boot seal
Flange mount
without boot seal
Side mount
Operating force max. (OF): With boot seal
Without boot seal
Pretravel max. (PT):
With boot seal
Without boot seal
Overtravel min. (OT):
CONTACT
With boot seal
SPDT Maintained
Without boot seal SPDT Maintained
1,67 N to 5,56 N (6 oz to 20 oz)
1,67 N to 2,64 N (6 oz to 9.5 oz)
1,98 mm (0.078 in)
0.30 mm (0.012 in)
4,75 mm (0.187 in)
ELECTRICAL RATING
C
C
REFERENCE
BZE6-RNX1
BZE6-RQX2
Flange mount
with boot seal
Side mount
Operating Force max. (OF): With boot seal
Without boot seal
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
CONTACT
With boot seal
Maintained
Without boot seal Maintained
Top roller plunger
Ø 12,7 (0.50) x 4,6 (0.18)
Wide roller
56,69
(2.232)
53,19
(2.094)
Reset
FP
19,0
(0.75)
Ø 15,75
(0.62)
25,4
(1.00)
22,6
(0.89)
Ø 25,4
(1.0)
14,22
(0.56)
Side mount
with boot seal
40,08
(1.58)
23,19
(0.913)
Side mount
without boot seal
69,59
(2.74)
Side mount
Operating force max. (OF): With boot seal 3,34 N to 15,57 N (12 oz to 56 oz)
Without boot seal 1,67 N to 2,64 N (6 oz to 9.5 oz)
Pretravel max. (PT):
With boot seal
1,98 mm (0.078 in)
Without boot seal
0,30 mm (0.012 in)
Overtravel min. (OT):
With boot seal
4,75 mm (0.187 in)
Without boot seal
3,55 mm (0.140 in)
CONTACT
With boot seal
SPDT
Without boot seal SPDT
38
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
C
C
Side mount
without boot seal
REFERENCE
BZE6-RN80X2
BZE6-RQ8X2
www.honeywell.com/sensing
CONDUIT
ELECTRICAL RATING
C
C
4,45 N (16 oz)
3,34 N (12 oz)
4,78 mm (0.188 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
REFERENCE
BZE6-RN2X1
BZE6-RQ2X2
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
E7 Metal standard enclosed switch
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
10 million
IP50 Standard
IP65 Sealed
-30 °C to 70 °C (-22 °F to 158 °F)
IEC 60947-5-1
EN 60947-5-1
Without boot seal
With boot seal
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
Switching options:
SPDT
Actuators
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Top roller plunger, perpendicular, without boot seal
DPDT
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
0,38
(0.015)
Pretravel
Ø 12,7 x 4,57 Wide roller
(0.50 x 0.18)
44,53
OP
(1.75)
13,97
(0.55)
25,4
(1.00)
Ø 14,73
(0.58)
5,84
(0.23)
4,06
(0.16)
CONTACT
SPDT
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
With boot seal
CONDUIT
PG 13.5
12,7
(0.50)
76,40
(3,01)
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE7-2RQ81-PG
Top roller lever, boot seal
1,93
(0.076)
Pretravel
Ø 19,05 x 7,92 wide roller
(Ø 0.75 x 0.312)
39,88
(1.57)
Ø 8,38
(0.33)
18,29
(0.72)
24,38
(0.91)
225˚
38,58 OP
(1.519)
13,97
(0.55)
48,11
(1.894)
25,4
(1.00)
13,97
(0.55)
Ø 14,73
(0.58)
5,84
(0.23)
4,06
(0.16)
76,40
(3,01)
25,4
(1.00)
12,7
(0.50)
Ø 14,73
(0.58)
5,84
(0.23)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
PG 13.5
20 mm
PG 13.5
ELECTRICAL RATING
CONDUIT
PG 13.5
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE7-2RN-PG
BZE7-2RN-C
DTE7-2RN-PG
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
4,06
(0.16)
CONDUIT
PG 13.5
20 mm
76,40
(3,01)
12,7
(0.50)
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE7-2RN2-PG
BZE7-2RN2-C
Without boot seal
CONTACT
SPDT
REFERENCE
BZE7-2RQ-PG
Top roller plunger, parallel, without boot seal
3,8
(0.15)
Pretravel
Wobble, coil spring, boot seal
151,13
(5.95)
Ø 12,7 x 4,5 wide roller
(Ø 0.50 x 0.18)
13,97
(0.55)
44,5
OP
(1.75)
13,97
(0.55)
25,4
(1.00)
25,4
(1.00)
Ø 14,73
(0.58)
5,84
(0.23)
CONTACT
SPDT
4,06
(0.16)
CONDUIT
PG 13.5
76,40
(3,01)
Ø 14,73
(0.58)
5,84
(0.23)
4,06
(0.16)
12,7
(0.50)
ELECTRICAL RATING
CONTACT
SPDT
CONDUIT
PG 13.5
76,40
(3,01)
12,7
(0.50)
ELECTRICAL RATING
REFERENCE
BZE7-2RN18-PG
REFERENCE
BZE7-2RQ8-PG
www.honeywell.com/sensing
39
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
The BAF/DTF Series is available with or without boot seals. The elastomer
boot on sealed actuator versions protects the actuating mechanism and the
internal basic switch from contamination. They are therefore suitable for
wash-down applications. Both sealed and unsealed versions are available with
the actuators on the right or left hand side.
BAF/DTF
Series
High Capacity
Enclosed
Switches
The cover plate is removable to allow ease of wiring and switch replacement
without having to dismount the housing.
The BAF/DTF Series is suitable for use in packaging equipment, farm
machinery, conveyors, overhead cranes and hoists.
Actuators
Approvals:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Conduit:
Contacts:
Electrical ratings:
B
D
Switching options:
D
SPDT
UL, CSA
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 13
-2RQ9
NEMA 1
-32 °C to 71 °C (-25 °F to 160 °F)
½ in - 14 NPT
Silver
UL/CSA Rating:
10 A, 125 or 250 Vac;
0.3 A, 125 Vdc; 0.15 A,
250 Vdc.
Momentary contact
OPTIONS
Top pin plunger
UL/CSA Rating: 20 A, 125, 250 or 480 Vac;
1 Hp, 125 Vac; 2 Hp, 250 Vac;
½ A, 125 Vdc; ¼ A, 250 Vdc;
Lamp Load - 10 A, 125 Vac.
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Left-hand
Right-hand
*28,2
on DTF2 Types
1.11
With boot seal
B
DPDT
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
BAF/DTF
BAF
DTF
Overtravel min. (OT):
BAF
DTF
Differential travel max. (DT):
BAF
DTF
Operating position (OP):
BAF
DTF
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
Left
Right
Left
40
www.honeywell.com/sensing
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
D
B
B
11,2 N (2.5 lb)
2,39 mm (0.094 in)
3,59 mm (0.141 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
3,96 mm (0.156 in)
0,26 mm (0.010 in)
1,53 mm (0.060 in)
53,19 mm (2.094 in)
52,07 mm (2.050 in)
REFERENCE
BAF1-2RN-RH
BAF1-2RN-LH
DTF2-2RN-RH
DTF2-2RN-LH
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
Momentary contact (continued)
Top roller plunger, parallel
Right-hand
Roller arm, adjustable
Left-hand
*28,2
on DTF2 Types
1.11
O-ring actuator seal
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
BAF/DTF
BAF/DTF
BAF
DTF
Differential travel max. (DT):
BAF
DTF
Operating position (OP):
BAF
DTF
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
Left
Right
Left
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
D
B
B
35,6 N (8.0 lb)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
4,75 mm (0.187 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
0,19 mm (0.0075 in)
1,53 mm (0.060 in)
64,69 mm (2.547 in)
63,88 mm (2.515 in)
REFERENCE
BAF1-2RQN8-RH
BAF1-2RQN8-LH
DTF2-2RQN8-RH
DTF2-2RQN8-LH
Adjustable 360° horizontally
BAF/DTF
BAF
DTF
Overtravel min. (OT):
BAF
DTF
Differential travel max. (DT):
BAF
DTF
Operating position (OP):
BAF
DTF
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
Left
Right
Left
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
D
B
B
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
Left
Right
Right
Field adjustable roller plunger
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
With boot seal
11,2 N (2.5 lb)
2,39 mm (0.094 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
3,96 mm (0.156 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
0,26 mm (0.010 in)
1,53 mm (0.060 in)
64,69 mm (2.547 in)
63,88 mm (2.515 in)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
BAF
DTF
BAF
DTF
BAF
DTF
BAF
DTF
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
D
B
B
8,90 N (2.0 lb)
11,1 N (2.5 lb)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
7,93 mm (0.312 in)
6,35 mm (0.25 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
0,51 mm (0.020 in)
3,05 mm (0.120 in)
REFERENCE
BAF1-2RN2-RH
BAF1-2RN2-LH
DTF2-2RN2-RH
DTF2-2RN2-LH
One way roller lever
REFERENCE
BAF1-2RQ9-RH
BAF1-2RQ9-LH
DTF2-2RQ9-RH
DTF2-2RQ9-LH
With boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
Left
www.honeywell.com/sensing
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
8,90 N (2.0 lb)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
6,35 mm (0.25 in)
0,51 mm (0.020 in)
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
D
REFERENCE
BAF1-2RN28-RH
BAF1-2RN28-LH
41
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
BAF/DTF Series
Momentary contact (continued)
Maintained contact (reset) switches
Manual palm button
Top pin plunger
Right-hand
Left-hand
*28,2
on DTF2 Types
1.11
With boot seal
With boot seal
Operating force max. (OF):
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
Left
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
8,90 N (2.0 lb)
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
D
REFERENCE
BAF1-2RN4-RH
BAF1-2RN4-LH
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
Wobble, coil spring
CONTACT
Maintained SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
REFERENCE
BAF1-3RNX1
Roller arm, adjustable
Left-hand
Right-hand
With boot seal
Pretravel max. (PT):
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
Left
7,79 N (1.75 lb)
2,39 mm (0.094 in)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
82,6
(3.25)
101,6
(4.00)
15°
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
D
REFERENCE
BAF1-2RN18-RH
BAF1-2RN18-LH
With boot seals on roller arm and plunger
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Operating position (OP):
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
Left
42
www.honeywell.com/sensing
CONTACT
Maintained SPDT
Maintained SPDT
6,67 N (1.5 lb)
5,56 mm (0.219 in)
6,35 mm (0.25 in)
60,71 mm (2.390 in)
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
D
REFERENCE
BAF1-3RN2X-RH
BAF1-3RN2X-LH
PRECISION LIMIT SWITCHES
Wobble, coil spring
32,5
(1.28)
Ø 7,1
(0.28)
158,5
(6.24)
1/2-14 NPT
Threads
Ø 6,9
(3)
(0.27)
27,4
(1.08)
20,6
(0.81)
41,4
(1.63)
27,4
(1.08)
82,6
(3.25)
101,6
(4.00)
With boot seals on wobble stick and plunger
Pretravel max. (PT):
ACTUATOR POSITION
Right
15°
CONTACT
Maintained SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
REFERENCE
BAF1-3CN18X1
www.honeywell.com/sensing
43
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
HDLS Series
Heavy Duty Limit
Switches
The HDLS Series Heavy Duty Limit Switches offer a wide choice of mounting and actuator options.
Housed in a rugged, die-cast zinc body which is epoxy coated for protection, they are perfectly suited to
special applications in harsh duty environments where conventional limit switches may not be used.
Versatile and full featured, they are designed for long life.
Listings referenced in this section are mainly standard. Low temperature and fluorocarbon (FC, high
temperature) construction is available in all forms of HDLS limit switches. For temperature ranges see
table opposite. Also available are factory sealed, pre-wired switches.
Low temperature switches have fluorosilicone diaphragm, shaft seals and external boot seal (where
applicable) plus a low temperature lubricant. If prewired with cable, temperature limits are -10 °C (14 °F)
flex and -30 °C (22 °F) no flex.
To order a low temperature version insert the additional letters Y and B as in the following example:
LSA1A - standard side rotary plug-in switch
LSYAB1A - low temperature version.
Completely fluorocarbon (FC) sealed, high temperature, chemical resistance switches have a full FC
body gasket covering the switch cavity. Rotary types have an extra FC seal on the operating shaft, while
plunger versions have FC boot seals. They are for use in applications where the environment includes
fire-resistant synthetic fluids. The additional FC seals also promote longer operating life for rotary
actuacted HDLS switches in applications where the temperatures are normally -12 °C to 121 °C (10 °F to
250 °F). If prewired with cable, temperature limits are 105 °C (221 °F) dry and 60 °C (140 °F) wet.
To order a fluorocarbon (FC) sealed switch insert the additional letters Y and C as in the following
example:
LSA1A - standard side rotary plug-in switch
LSYAC1A - completely FC sealed version.
Actuators
Factory sealed, pre-wired limit switches have the entry area completely sealed and are available with 6 ft
(1,83 m), STOOW-A cable or 4, 5 or 9-pin connectors. NEMA ratings are, for cable version 1, 4, 6, 6P, 12,
for connector version 1, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13.
To order a factory sealed switch add the appropriate letter:
Circuitry
Cable
½ in Connector (available with ½ in conduit tap only)
SPDT
C
A (4 pin mini)
B (5 pin mini)
DD (4 pin micro)
DPDT
Levers: Levers for side rotary
types are ordered separately (see
pages 69-71 for details)
M (¾ in only)
R (9 pin)
Example:
LSA1AC - LSA1A with 6 ft of 5 conductor STOOW-A cable
LSJ2BM-7N - LSJ2B-7N with 6 ft of 9 conductor STOOW-A cable
LSA1AB - LSA1A with 5 pin receptable
LSA1ADD - 4 pin micro-change connector
Electrical ratings
10 amps continuous carry. Circuits on any one pole must be the same polarity.
ac Volts
Pilot duty: 600 Vac, 720 VA
A
SPDT
NEMA
A600
B
DPDT
NEMA
B600
C
SPDT/DPDT
Amps at 0.35 Power Factor
Vac
Make
120
60
240
30
480
15
600
12
120
30
240
15
480
7.5
600
6
250 Vac or 60 Vdc, 0.050 amp max.
Break
6
3
1.5
1.2
3
1.5
0.75
0.60
dc Volts
Pilot duty: 240 Vdc, 30 watts
A
SPDT
B
DPDT
C
SPDT/DPDT
44
Make and Break Amps
Vdc
Inductive
120
0.25
240
0.15
120
0.25
240
0.15
250 Vac or 60 Vdc, 0.050 amp max.
www.honeywell.com/sensing
Resistive
0.8
0.4
0.8
0.4
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
Operating temperatures
Environmental
seal
performance
www.honeywell.com/sensing
45
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
HDLS Series Side rotary actuated switches
Levers: Levers for side rotary types are ordered separately (see pages
69-71 for details)
Approvals:
Operating force (Newton meters, N m/in lb):
Conduit:
Contacts:
Switching options:
SPDT
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13
UL, CSA, CE
LSA, LSL, LSM, LSM, LSP, LSU
0,45 N m max.
4 in lb max.
LSH, LSR
0,19 N m max.
1.7 in lb max
½ in - 14 NPT
Electrical ratings A, B
Silver
Electrical rating C
Gold
Snap action contacts
DPDT
Side rotary, momentary action
The momentary action listings shown are factory
assembled with the head adjusted for both
clockwise (CW) and counterclockwise (CCW)
operation. The shaft of side rotary heads face the
front (label side of switch).
Actuation direction
A simple field adjustment converts switch to
accept actuation from one or both directions. For
ready reference, adjustment instructions are cast
into the internal lid of side rotary heads.
SPDT Double Break
DPDT Double Break
Head orientation
The head may be orientated and locked in any of
four 90° positions.
Momentary action switches can be factory
assembled for operation in one direction only and/
or with the shaft facing the rear or either side.
Contact Honeywell for more information.
46
www.honeywell.com/sensing
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
OPTIONS
Low differential, low torque
Standard
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
15° max.
5° max.
7° max.
60° min.
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSA1A
C
LSA1E
B
LSA2B
B
LSA6B
C
LSA6S
A
LS4A1A
B
LS4A2B
Non plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
DPDT
¾ in
SPDT
20 mm
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
9° max.
3° max.
4° max.
66° min.
Plug in
Plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
¾ in
DPDT
DPDT
SPDT
20 mm
DPDT
20 mm
Side rotary, additional circuitry/
action
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSA3K
B
LSA4L
A
LS4A3K
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
¾ in
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSH1A
C
LSH1E
B
LSH2B
B
LSH6B
C
LSH6S
Non plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
DPDT
¾ in
The following listings, sequential, centre neutral
and maintained switches, are assembled with the
operating shaft facing front. The user can position
and lock the head with the shaft to rear or either
side. They can also be factory assembled with the
shaft to rear or either side. Contact Honeywell for
more information.
OPTIONS
Sequential
One pole operates before the other in each
direction, with 10° lever travel between operations.
Pretravel:
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSH3K
B
LSH4L
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
Switching options:
1st pole 15° max.
2nd pole additional 10° max.
Each pole 5° max.
48° min.
5° Pretravel
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Low differential travel
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
9° max.
3° max.
4° max.
66° min.
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSP1A
C
LSP1E
B
LSP2B
B
LSP6B
C
LSP6S
5° max.
3° max.
4° max.
70° min.
Plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
¾ in
DPDT
DPDT
(2) SPDT Double Bread
with 10˚ between operation
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSU1A
C
LSU1E
B
LSU2B
B
LSU6B
C
LSU6S
Plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
DPDT
¾ in
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
B
LSL2C
B
LSL6C
Non plug in
Non plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
DPDT
¾ in
Non plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
DPDT
¾ in
Overtravel:
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSU3K
B
LSU4L
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSP3K
B
LSP4L
CONTACT CONDUIT
DPDT
¾ in
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
B
LSL4M
B
LSL7M
Centre neutral
One pole operates on clockwise rotation, the other
on counterclockwise rotation.
Low torque
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
SPDT
DPDT
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
Switching options:
15° max.
5° max.
7° max.
60° min.
18° max.
10° max.
57° min.
Plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
¾ in
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSR1A
C
LSR1E
B
LSR2B
B
LSR6B
C
LSR6S
SPDT Double Break each direction
Plug in
Non plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
SPDT
DPDT
¾ in
CONTACT CONDUIT
DPDT
¾ in
SPDT
20 mm
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSR3K
B
LSR4L
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
B
LSM2D
B
LS4M2D
B
LSM6D
Non plug in
CONTACT CONDUIT
DPDT
¾ in
DPDT
www.honeywell.com/sensing
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
B
LSM4N
B
LSM7N
47
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
HDLS Series
Side rotary actuated
switches (continued)
Plunger actuated switches
Maintained contact, 2 position
Operation is maintained on counterclockwise
rotation, reset on clockwise rotation and vice
versa.
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
Switching options:
SPDT
65° max.
40° max.
20° min.
DPDT
HDLS plunger actuated switches are available with
either top or side facing plungers for application
flexibility. Switches with adjustable plungers
simplify installation. They have a hex setscrew
and locknut on the plunger, providing an
adjustment range of 0.25 in (6.35 mm).
Assembled conditions
The listing shown are factory assembled with side
plungers facing front (label side of switch); rollers
on side plungers are in horizontal position.
Rollers on top plunger switches are parallel to
mounting surface. Other options are available.
Contact Honeywell for more information.
Approvals:
SPDT Double Break
Maintained
DPDT Double Break
Maintained
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13
UL, CSA, CE
½ in - 14 NPT
Conduit:
Contacts:
Electrical ratings A, B
Electrical rating C
Switching options:
SPDT
Silver
Gold
Snap action contacts
DPDT
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
Operating point:
55,9 mm ± 1,02
2,20 in ± 0.040
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSD1A
C
LSD1E
B
LSD6B
C
LSD6S
Non plug in
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSN1A
B
LSN6B
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
Top roller plunger
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSD3K
B
LSD7L
DPDT Double Break
SPDT Double Break
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSN3K
B
LSN7L
Adjustable plunger
Top plungers, momentary action
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
Operating force:
1,78 mm (0.07 in) max.
0,38 mm (0.015 in) max.
0,51 mm (0.02 in) max.
4,83 mm (0.19 in) min.
17,8 N m (4 lb) max.
OPTIONS
Operating point:
Top pin plunger
53,0 mm to 59,3 mm
2.085 in to 2.335 in
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSV1A
C
LSV1E
B
LSV6B
C
LSV6S
Non plug in
Operating point:
45,8 mm ± 0,76
1.805 in ± 0.030
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSC1A
C
LSC1E
B
LSC6B
C
LSC6S
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
48
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSC3K
B
LSC7L
www.honeywell.com/sensing
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSV3K
B
LSV7L
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
Side plungers, momentary action
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
Operating force:
Adjustable side roller plunger
Side plunger, maintained circuitry
Operating point:
LSG contact transfer is maintained after either
plunger is operated. Operation of other plunger
resets switch.
2,54 mm (0.100 in) max.
0,64 mm (0.025 in) max.
0,89 mm (0.035 in) max.
4,83 mm (0.19 in) min.
26,7 N m (6 lb) max.
OPTIONS
Side pin plunger
41,0 mm to 47,4 mm
1.615 in to 1.865 in
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
Operating point:
33 mm ± 0,76
1.300 in ± 0.030
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSE1A
C
LSE1E
B
LSE6B
C
LSE6S
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSW1A
C
LSW1E
B
LSW6B
C
LSW6S
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSW3K
B
LSW7L
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
Operating force:
Operating point:
Switching options:
SPDT
4,32 mm (0.170 in) max.
2,29 mm (0.090 in) max.
2,29 mm (0.090 in) max.
2,00 mm (0.0.80 in) max.
44,5 N m (10 lb) min.
37,6 ± 0,76 mm
1.48 ± 0.030 in
DPDT
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSE3K
B
LSE7L
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
Side roller plunger
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSG1A
C
LSG1E
B
LSG6B
C
LSG6S
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
Operating point:
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSG3K
B
LSG7L
44,1 mm ± 1,02
1.735 in ± 0.040
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSF1A
C
LSF1E
B
LSF6B
C
LSF6S
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSF3K
B
LSF7L
www.honeywell.com/sensing
49
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
HDLS Series
Wobble actuated switches
Momentary action wobble actuated switches have
flexible levers which may be operated with any
movement, except direct pull.
Approvals:
Spring wire
Cat whisker
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13
UL, CSA, CE
½ in - 14 NPT
Conduit:
Contacts:
Electrical ratings A, B
Switching options:
SPDT
Silver
Snap action contacts
DPDT
Pretravel (approx) (Radius):
Operating force:
SPDT Double Break
DPDT Double Break
Plastic rod
Pretravel (approx) (Radius):
51,0 mm (2.0 in)
Operating force:
1,39 N (5.0 oz) max.
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
OPTIONS
102,0 mm (4.0 in)
1,39 g (5 oz) max.
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSJ1A-7M
B
LSJ6B-7M
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
Plug in
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSJ3K-7M
B
LSJ7L-7M
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
LSK1A-8A
LSK6B-8A
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
LSK3K-8A
LSK7L-8A
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
Cable
Coil spring
Pretravel (approx) (Radius):
25,4 mm (1.0 in)
Operating force:
2,78 g (10 oz) max.
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSJ1A-7A
B
LSJ6B-7A
Pretravel (approx) (Radius):
38,0 mm (1.5 in)
Operating force:
1,95 N (7.0 oz) max.
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSJ3K-7A
B
LSJ7L-7A
Pretravel (approx) (Radius):
51,0 mm (2.0 in)
Operating force:
1,95 N (7.0 oz) max.
Plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
LSJ1A-7N
LSJ6B-7N
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
Plug in
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
LSJ3K-7N
LSJ7L-7N
Non plug in
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
50
www.honeywell.com/sensing
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSK1A-8C
B
LSK6B-8C
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSK3K-8C
B
LSK7L-8C
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
Fully potted HDLS
Fully potted HDLS are designed to meet the
demanding requirements of NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 6P
and 13 for wet applications where the integrity of
the conduit seal must be assured. These switches
are the same as the standard HDLS non plug in
limit switch except that the conduit entrance is
factory sealed to simplify installation and ensure
integrity of the conduit seal. They are epoxy filled
and supplied with six feet of 5 or 9 conductor 16
gauge STO cable. Fully potted HDLS are built with
all Fluorocarbon seals. Sealing exceeds Nema 6P.
Low temperature versions are available, see page
4 for temperature range and how to order.
41,1
1.62
14,7
0.58
Operating temperature:
Cable versions
-12 °C to 105 °C
10 °F to 221 °F
Connector versions
-12 °C to 121 °C
10 °F to 250 °F
Cable length:
3,658 m (12 ft)
Contacts:
Electrical ratings A, B
Silver
Switching options:
Snap action contacts
SPDT
DPDT
Side rotary actuated
switches
Levers: Levers for side rotary
types are ordered separately (see
pages 69-71 for details)
OPTIONS
Standard
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
Operating force:
25,4
1.00 36,6
1.44
59,4
2.34
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
70,4
2.77
Wiring diagrams:
5,2
0.20 Ø Mtg holes
(2)
NEMA 1, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13
NEMA 1, 4, 6, 6P, 12
UL, CSA, CE
39,6
1.56
19,0
0.75
106,7
4.20
Approvals:
Connector
Cable
29,4
1.16
10-32 UNF tapped
from rear only (2)
Single-Pole
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSYAC3KP-FP
B
LSYAC4LX-FP
A
LSYAC3KQ-FP
B
LSYAC7LR-FP
Numbers = Connectors
Colours = Cables
Double-Pole
Low differential travel
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
62,0
2.44
Overtravel:
Operating force:
Mtg pads
7,32
0.29
TERMINATION
Cable
Cable
5-pin Connector
9-pin Connector
15° max.
5° max.
7° max.
60° min.
0,45 N m (4 in lb) max.
SPDT
DPDT
Actuators
74,9
2.95
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
TERMINATION
Cable
Cable
5-pin Connector
9-pin Connector
9° max.
3° max.
4° max.
66° min.
0,45 N m (4 in lb) max.
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSYPC3KP-FP
B
LSYPC4LX-FP
A
LSYPC3KQ-FP
B
LSYPC7LR-FP
5° Pretravel
1/2-14 NPT
20,3
0.80
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
Operating force:
39,0
1.54
44,4
1.75
5° max.
3° max.
70° min.
0,45 N m (4 in lb) max.
SPDT
CONTACT TERMINATION
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
SPDT
Cable
A
LSYUC3KP-FP
SPDT
5-pin Connector A
LSYUC3KQ-FP
For low temperature versions
substitute “Y_B” for “Y_C”
www.honeywell.com/sensing
51
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
Fully potted HDLS
(continued)
Side rotary actuated
switches
Sequential
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
Operating force:
Switching options:
1st pole 15° max.
2nd pole additional 10° max.
Each pole 5° max.
48° max.
0,45 N m (4 in lb) max.
DPDT
Plunger actuated switches
OPTIONS
Top plungers
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
Operating force:
1,78 mm (0.07 in) max.
0,38 mm (0.015 in) max.
0,51 mm (0.02 in) max.
4,83 mm (0.19 in) min.
17,8 N m (4 lb) max.
Top pin plunger
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
TERMINATION
Cable
Cable
5-pin Connector
9-pin Connector
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSYCC3KP-FP
B
LSYCC4LX-FP
A
LSYCC3KQ-FP
B
LSYCC7LR-FP
(2) SPDT Double Break
with 10˚ between operation
CONTACT TERMINATION
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
DPDT
Cable
B
LSYLC4MX-FP
DPDT
9-pin Connector B
LSYLC7MR-FP
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
Centre neutral
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
Operating force:
Switching options:
Top roller plunger
18° max.
10° max.
57° min.
0,45 N m (4 in lb) max.
DPDT
TERMINATION
Cable
Cable
5-pin Connector
9-pin Connector
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSYDC3KP-FP
B
LSYDC4LX-FP
A
LSYDC3KQ-FP
B
LSYDC7LR-FP
Side plungers
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
Operating force:
2,54 mm (0.100 in) max.
0,38 mm (0.015 in) max.
0,51 mm (0.02 in) max.
4,83 mm (0.19 in) min.
26,7 N m (6 lb) max.
Side pin plunger
SPDT Double Break each direction
CONTACT TERMINATION
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
DPDT
Cable
B
LSYMC4NX-FP
DPDT
9-pin Connector B
LSYMC7NR-FP
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
TERMINATION
Cable
Cable
5-pin Connector
9-pin Connector
ELECTRICAL RATING REFERENCE
A
LSYEC3KP-FP
B
LSYEC4LX-FP
A
LSYEC3KQ-FP
B
LSYEC7LR-FP
For low temperature versions
substitute “Y_B” for “Y_C”
52
www.honeywell.com/sensing
Wobble actuated switches
Actuator codes **:
7A
7M
8A
7N
8C
CONTACT TERMINATION
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
Cable
Cable
5-pin Connector
9-pin Connector
Delrin rod
Spring wire
Cat whisker
Cable
Coil spring
ELECTRICAL
RATING
A
B
A
B
Head style*
J
J
K
J
K
REFERENCE
LSY*C3KP-**FP
LSY*C4LX-**FP
LSY*C3KQ-**FP
LSY*C7LR-**FP
HEAVY DUTY LIMIT SWITCHES
Stainless steel
HDLS
Side rotary actuated
switches
Plunger actuated switches
OPTIONS
HDLS stainless steel switches are designed for use
in highly corrosive environments such as petrochemical plants, food processing plants,
shipboard and dockside locations. The type 316
cast stainless steel body is designed to minimise
crevices where food particles could become
trapped. The actuator, operating head and screws
are also stainless steel. All seals are Fluorocarbon
to provide excellent chemical resistance and to
withstand operating temperatures up to 121 °C
(250 °F) and pressurised steam cleaning.
Top roller plunger
Approvals:
NEMA 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13
UL, CSA, CE
Operating temperature:
-12 °C to 121 °C
10 °F to 250 °F
Contacts:
Electrical ratings A, B
Silver
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
Operating point:
Levers: Levers for side rotary
types are ordered separately (see
pages 69-71 for details)
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
Actuators
1,78 mm (0.07 in) max.
0,38 mm (0.015 in) max.
4,83 mm (019 in) min.
55,9 mm ± 1,02
2.20 in ± 0.04
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
LS2D4K
LS2D4L
Side pin plunger
33,0
1.30
Operating
point
19,0
0.75
Standard
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
SPDT
DPDT
Overtravel:
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
9,4
0.37
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
Operating point:
OPTIONS
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
15° max.
5° max.
7° max.
60° min
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
LS2E4K
B
LS2E4L
47,7
1.88
39,6
1.56
Overtravel:
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
9° max.
3° max.
4° max.
60° min.
REFERENCE
LS2H4K
LS2H4L
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
CONTACT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
B
19,1
0.75
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
Overtravel:
Operating point:
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
Centre neutral
DPDT
REFERENCE
44,2
1.74
Operating
point
14,7
0.58
Low Torque
SPDT
DPDT
2,54 mm (1.00 in) max.
0,64 mm (0.025 in) max.
4,83 mm (0.19 in) min.
33 mm ± 0,76
1.3 in ± 0.03
Side roller plunger
REFERENCE
LS2A4K
LS2A4L
4,8
0.19
Pretravel:
Differential travel:
21,6
0.85
31,5
1.24
21,6
0.85
20,3
0.80
2,54 mm (1.00 in) max.
0,64 mm (0.025 in) max.
4,83 mm (0.19 in) min.
44,1 mm ± 1,02
1.73 in ± 0.04
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
LS2F4K
LS2F4L
18° max
10° max.
57° min.
REFERENCE
LS2M4N
www.honeywell.com/sensing
53
Blank page
54
www.honeywell.com/sensing
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
Explosion proof switches
Honeywell explosion proof switches are designed specifically for use in
hazardous locations. To comply with explosion proof requirements, the flame
path within the housing is designed to contain and cool the escaping hot
gases that otherwise could cause an explosion outside the switch.
Switches are available with UL/CSA for North America. See information below
and product pages for details. In Europe, the usage is governed under the
European Directive on Equipment and Protective Systems Intended for Use in
Potentially Explosive Atmospheres (94/9/EC) commonly referred to as the
ATEX Directive.
The BX, CX and GXE product families comply to the following ATEX Directive:
EExd IIC T6 Category II 2 GD
The 14CE100 product family complies to the following ATEX Directive:
EExd IIC T6 Category II 2 G
NEMA TYPE 7, CLASS I FLAMMABLE GASES OR VAPORS
Type 7 enclosures are for use indoors in locations classified as Class I,
Groups B, C, or D by the National Electrical Code.
Group B — (only switches so noted in the order guides include this listing).
Atmospheres containing hydrogen or manufactured gas.
Group C — atmospheres containing diethyl ether, ethylene, or cyclopropane.
Group D — Atmospheres containing gasoline, hexane, butane, naptha,
propane, acetone, toluene or isoprene.
Division 1
Locations in which hazardous agents are present under normal operating
conditions.
Division 2
Locations in which hazardous agents may be present only in case of
accidental rupture or breakdown.
All Honeywell listings covered in Division 1 are also covered in the same
groups in Division 2.
NEMA TYPE 9, CLASS II COMBUSTIBLE DUSTS
Type 9 enclosures are for use in indoor locations classified as Class II,
Groups E, F or G, as defined in the National Electrical Code.
Group E — Atmospheres containing metal dust.
Group F — Atmospheres containing carbon black, coal dust or coke dust.
Group G — Atmospheres containing flour, starch or grain dust.
ATEX EExd
EExd
Flameproof
enclosure
II
c
T6
Category II 2
Places with potentially
explosive
atmospheres, other
than mines susceptible
to fire damp
Atmosphere may
contain gases
from groups A, B
or C from table in
EN50014, Annex A
Maximum
surface
temperature of
85 °C (185 °F)
Areas in which an explosion
proof atmosphere is likely to
occur
www.honeywell.com/sensing
G
Gas
could be
present
D
Dust
could be
present
55
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
14CE100 Series
Miniature Enclosed,
Explosion Proof
Switches
The 14CE100 Series has been designed for use in explosive environments. It is approved to meet the
requirements of the Low Voltage directive and is CE marked. The prewired construction allows for ease of
installation where space is at a premium and external operating conditions can be difficult.
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
10 million
IP65, NEMA 1, 3
IP67 , NEMA 1, 3, 4 12, 13
0 °C to 70 °C (32 °F to 158 °F)
CE, PTB 98 ATEX 1064 X EExd IIC T6 Category II 2 G
AC14 D300
DC13 R300
11,8 N max.
1,8 mm (0.71 in) max.
3,0 mm (0.118 in) min.
0,1mm (0.004 in) max.
Standard
Silver
-*G
Gold
Harmonised CENELEC 4 x 0,75 mm2 cable
Standard
Boot sealed
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
Operating force (OF):
Pretravel (PT):
Overtravel (OT):
Differential travel (DT):
Contacts:
Connection:
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Actuators
S.P.D.T
BROWN
2
GREEN/YELLOW
BLUE
1
3
BLACK
Top pin plunger
40,0 Max.
1,57
25,0
1.00
M4 ground
screw
15,7 OP
0.62
Top roller plunger, parallel
16,0 Max.
0.63
1,8 PT
0.07
M4 ground
screw
Top roller plunger, perpendicular
40,0 Max.
1,57
25,0
1.00
M4 ground
screw
Ø 10,0 (0.39)
Stainless steel
plunger
(2) Ø 5,1 (0.20)
Mounting holes
49,0 Max.
1.93
31,4
1.24
1,8 PT
0.07
Ø 12,0 (0.47) x 5,0 (0.20)
Hardened steel roller
REFERENCE
14CE101-1
14CE101-2
14CE101-3
14CE101-4
14CE101-5
14CE101-6
14CE101-10
Boot sealed
1,80 Max.
(0.07) PT
72,0
2,83
31,4
1.24
49,0 Max.
1.93
CABLE LENGTH
1 m (3.3 ft)
3 m (9.9 ft)
3 m (9.9 ft)
Gold contacts
5 m (16.5 ft)
6 m (19.8 ft)
6 m (19.8 ft)
Gold contacts
8 m (26.4 ft)
12 m (39.6 ft)
15 m (49.5 ft)
31,4
1.24
49,0 Max.
1.93
7,6
0.30
"L"
REFERENCE
14CE102-1
14CE102-3
14CE102-3G
14CE102-5
14CE102-6
14CE102-6G
14CE102-8
14CE102-12
14CE102-15
Ø 7,1 (0.28)
Stainless steel
plunger
Neoprene boot seal
56
14,0
0.55
72,0
2,83
7,6
0.30
24,9
(0.98)
OP
CABLE LENGTH
1 m (3.3 ft)
6 m (19.8 ft)
10 m (33.0 ft)
(2) Ø 5,1 (0.20)
Mounting holes
28,5 OP
1.11
"L"
CABLE LENGTH
1 m (3.3 ft)
2 m (6.6 ft)
3 m (9.9 ft)
4 m (13.2 ft)
5 m (16.5 ft)
6 m (19.8 ft)
10 m (33.0 ft)
1,8 PT
0.07
(2) Ø 5,1 (0.20)
Mounting holes
7,6
0.30
"L"
16,0 Max.
0.63
16,0 Max.
0.63
28,5 OP
1.11
59,0
2.32
40,0 Max.
1,57
25,0
1.00
REFERENCE
14CE118-1
14CE118-6
14CE118-10
www.honeywell.com/sensing
CABLE LENGTH
1 m (3.3 ft)
3 m (9.9 ft)
REFERENCE
14CE103-1
14CE103-3
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
GXE Series
Explosion Proof
Limit Switches
The GXE Series explosion proof limit switches are designed specifically for use in hazardous applications.
The GXE enclosure is fully potted and has sealing protection of IP66/67 as per IEC/EN 60529. The entire
GXE Series complies with the European Directive on Equipment and Protective Systems Intended for Use
in Potentially Explosive Atmospheres (94/9/EC) commonly referred to as the ATEX Directive.
Mechanical life:
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
2 million
IP66/67, EN 60529
-20 °C to 75 °C (-4 °F to 167 °F)
CE, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50281-1-1
KEMA 00 ATEX 2103 X EExd IIC T6 Category II 2 GD
AC15
DC13
Silver
5 metre, HO5VV-F, 3 x 0,75 mm2 cable
Contacts:
Connection:
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
BLUE
BLACK
BROWN
Actuators
OPTIONS
GXE Series
Side rotary roller lever
Top roller plunger, parallel
Overtravel min. (OT):
6,0 mm (0.0.236 in)
Differential travel max. (DT): 0,5mm (0.020 in)
Operating position max. (PT): 2,0 mm (0.079 in)
Overtravel min. (OT):
6,0 mm (0.0.236 in)
Differential travel max. (DT):
8°
Operating position max. (PT):
26
REFERENCE
GXE51C
REFERENCE
GXE51A1B
Operating force max. (OF):
16 N (3.6 lb)
Top pin plunger
Overtravel min. (OT):
6,0 mm (0.0.236 in)
Differential travel max. (DT): 0,5mm (0.020 in)
Operating position max. (PT): 2,0 mm (0.079 in)
REFERENCE
GXE51B
www.honeywell.com/sensing
57
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
The EX Series features the smallest UL listed housings available for use in
hazardous locations. Flame paths within the housing cool exploding gases
below the kindling temperature before they reach the explosive gases
surrounding the housing.
EX Series
Standard
Explosion
Proof
Switches
Options available include single or double conduit connection.
These switches are not sealed against liquids and should not be used where
there will be liquid splash. If a weather sealed explosion proof switch is
required please select from the CX or LSX/BX series.
Actuators
Sealing:
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
Conduit:
Contacts:
Electrical ratings:
A
NEMA 1, 7 (Class I, Division I, Groups C, D)
9, (Class II, Division I, Groups E, F, G)
Standard
-40 °C to 71 °C (-40 °F to 160 °F)
High
100 hr @ 400 °F
UL, CSA
½ in - 14NPT
Silver
UL/CSA Rating:
15 A, 125, 250 or 480 Vac;
/8 Hp, 125 Vac; ¼ Hp, 250 Vac;
½ A, 125 Vdc; ¼ A, 250 Vdc.
1
B
UL/CSA Rating:
20 A, 125, 250 or 480 Vac;
10 A, 125 Vac “L”;
1 Hp, 125 Vac; 2 Hp, 250 Vac;
½ A, 125 Vdc; ¼ A, 250 Vdc.
C
UL/CSA Rating:
D
UL/CSA Rating:
10 A, 125 or 250 Vac;
0.3 A, 125 Vdc; 0.15 A, 250 Vdc
.
10 A, 125, 250 or 480 Vac;
½ A, 125 Vdc; ¼ A, 250 Vdc.
E
UL Rating:
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
1 A, 125 Vac.
DPDT
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
Side rotary actuated switches
OPTIONS
No lever
Note: Levers are ordered separately (see pages 69-71
for details)
Operating force max. (OF):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel max. (OT):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
Differential travel max. (DT):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
ACTUATION
CW
CCW
CW
58
www.honeywell.com/sensing
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
0,22 N m (31.25 in oz)
3,34 N to 8,90 N (0.75 lb to 2.0 lb)
5,56 mm (0.219 in) 8°
90°
25°
0,18 mm (0.007 in) 0.25°
0,3 mm (0.012 in) 4°
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
B
REFERENCE
EX-AR20
EX-AR230
EXA-AR20
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
Roller lever
DPDT, Preleaded with 0,91 m (3 ft) leadwire
Operating force max. (OF):
Clockwise (CW)
Counter clockwise (CCW)
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel max. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Sealing:
ACTUATION
CW
CCW
Roller material:
Operating force max. (OF):
Electrical rating A
Clockwise (CW)
Counter clockwise (CCW)
Electrical rating B
Pretravel max. (PT):
Electrical rating A, B
Clockwise (CW)
Counter clockwise (CCW)
Overtravel max. (OT):
Electrical rating A
Clockwise (CW)
Counter clockwise (CCW)
Electrical rating B
Differential travel max. (DT):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
ACTUATION
CW
CCW
CW/Class 1 Group B
CCW/Class 1 Group B
CW/High temperature
CW
CW/No mounting bracket
CW/Nylon roller
CW/No mounting bracket
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
CONTACT
DPDT
DPDT
2,22 N to 6,67 N (0.5 lb to 1.5 lb)
12,2 N (2.75 lb)
6,35 mm (0.250 in)
25°
2,77 mm (0.109 in) 4°
NEMA Class 1 Group B
ELECTRICAL RATING
C
C
REFERENCE
EXD-AR-3
EXD-AR30-3
Bronze
Hermetically sealed
2,22 N to 5,56 N (0.5 lb to 1.25 lb)
11,1 N (2.5 lb)
3,34 N to 8,90 N (0.75 lb to 2.0 lb)
5,56 mm (0.219 in) 8°
1,65 mm (0.065 in) 3.5°
90°
25°
25°
Operating force max. (OF):
Clockwise (CW)
Counter clockwise (CCW)
Pretravel max. (PT):
Clockwise (CW)
Counter clockwise (CCW)
Overtravel max. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Sealing:
ACTUATION
CW/3,2 m (10.5 ft) leadwire
CCW/0,91 m (3 ft) leadwire
CW/0,91 m (3 ft) leadwire
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
2,22 N to 6,67 N (0.5 lb to 1.5 lb)
11,1 N (2.5 lb)
5,56 mm (0.219 in) 8°
1,65 N (0.065 in) 3.5°
25°
0,64 mm (0.025 in)
NEMA Class 1 Group B
ELECTRICAL RATING
E
E
E
REFERENCE
EXH-AR3
EXH-AR33
EXH-AR7
0,18 mm (0.007 in) 0.25°
0,3 mm (0.012 in) 4°
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
A
REFERENCE
EX-AR
EX-AR30
EX-AR800
EX-AR830
EX-AR400
EXA-AR
EXA-AR62
EX-AR182
EX-AR141
2 Conduit openings
CW or CCW actuation, no return spring, low operating
force
Operating force max. (OF):
ACTUATION
CW/CCW/No mounting bracket
CONTACT
SPDT
0,56 N (2 oz)
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
EX-AR16
Maintained contact
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel max. (OT):
ACTUATION
CW
CONTACT
SPDT
3,34 N (0.75 lb)
5,56 mm (0.219 in) 8°
90°
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
EX-XR3
Operating force max. (OF):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
Electrical rating C
Pretravel max. (PT):
Electrical rating A, B
Electrical rating C
Overtravel max. (OT):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B, C
Differential travel max. (DT):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
Electrical rating C
CONTACT
DPDT
SPDT
SPDT
www.honeywell.com/sensing
2,22 N to 5,56 N (0.5 lb to 1.25 lb)
3,61 N to 8,90 N (0.8 lb to 2 lb)
2,22 N to 6,67 N (0.5 lb to 1.5 lb)
5,56 mm (0.219 in) 8°
6,35 mm (0.250 in)
90°
25°
0,18 mm (0.007 in) 0.25°
0,3 mm (0.012 in) 0.5°
2,77 mm (0.109 in) 4°
ELECTRICAL RATING
C
B
A
REFERENCE
4EX1-3
2EX1
1EX1
59
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
EX Series
Side rotary actuated switches (continued)
Overtravel plunger actuated switches
Cross roller lever, rotated 90°
Top pin plunger
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel max. (OT
Differential travel max. (DT):
CW
CONTACT
SPDT
2,22 N to 5,56 N (0.5 lb to 1.25 lb)
5,56 mm (0.219 in) 8°
90°
0,18 mm (0.007 in) 0.25°
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
EX-CR
Rod lever
OPTIONS
Operating force max. (OF):
Electrical rating A, C
Electrical rating B
Pretravel max. (PT):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
Electrical rating C
Overtravel min. (OT):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
Electrical rating C
Differential travel max. (DT):
Electrical rating A
Electrical rating B
Electrical rating C
No mounting bracket
High temperature
Low OF
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
CW/No mounting bracket
60
CONTACT
SPDT
0,56 N (2 oz)
18°
40°
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
EX-AR1613
13,34 N (3.0 lb)
8,90 N (2 lb)
1,98 mm (0.078 in)
1,27 mm (0.050 in)
3,96 mm (0.156 in)
4,78 mm (0.188 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
3,48 mm (0.141 in)
0,10 mm (0.004 in)
0,23 mm (0.009 in)
1,52 mm (0.060 in)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
A
B
REFERENCE
EX-Q
EX-Q62
EX-Q400
EXA-Q
Sealing NEMA Class 1 Group B
Preleaded with 0,91 m (3 ft) leadwire
www.honeywell.com/sensing
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
C
REFERENCE
EX-Q800
EXD-Q-3
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
Boot sealed
Operating force max. (OF):
Electrical rating D
Electrical rating B
Pretravel max. (PT):
Electrical rating D
Electrical rating B
Overtravel min. (OT):
Electrical rating D
Electrical rating B
Differential travel max. (DT):
Electrical rating D
Electrical rating B
Class 1 Group B
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
13,34 N (3.0 lb)
15,57 N (3.5 lb)
1,98 mm (0.078 in)
2,77 mm (0.109 in)
4,78 mm (0.188 in)
3,18 mm (0.125 in)
0,10 mm (0.004 in)
0,23 mm (0.009 in)
ELECTRICAL RATING
D
B
REFERENCE
EX-N15
EXA-N
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
EX-AR50
Manually actuated
Operating force max. (OF):
CONTACT
SPDT
11,1 N (2.5 lb)
www.honeywell.com/sensing
61
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
CX Series
Weather Sealed
Explosion Proof
Switches
CX switches, as are the LSX/BX Series, are built especially for outdoor use in hazardous atmospheres.
These enclosures are constructed to withstand the pressure of an internal explosion.
O-ring seals make the enclosure weatherproof but are outside of required flame paths so explosion proof
requirements are maintained.
As factory assembled, all basic switches operate on clockwise and counterclockwise rotation. The
actuating mechanism can be field adjusted for CW or CCW operation only.
Analog output, 4 mA to 20 mA, is available.
Basic switches operate nearly simultaneously in multiple switch devices.
Shafts of devices without shaft restoring force can be rotated through 360°.
Sealing:
NEMA
UL listed
1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 7, 9 and 13
Class I, Div. 1, Groups B (16CX, 24CX, 26CX, and 84CX only),
C and D; and Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F and G
Class I, Div. 1, Groups B (16CX, 24CX, 26CX, and 84CX only),
C and D; and Class II, Groups E, F and G
–25 °C to 85 °C (–13 °F to 185 °F)
UL, CSA
CX-E only
ATEX EExd IIC T6 Category II 2 GD
Aluminium
80CX
Bronze
¾ in - 14NPT
A, C, D
Silver
F
Gold
CSA certified
Operating temperature:
Approvals:
Housing:
Conduit:
Contacts:
Actuators
Electrical Ratings:
A
UL/CSA Rating: L96
15 A, 120, 240 or 480 Vac, ind. and res
1
/8 Hp, 120 Vac; ¼ Hp, 240 Vac
0.5 A, 125 Vdc, 0.25 A, 250 Vdc, res
C
UL/CSA Rating: L59
10 A, 120 or 240 Vax, ind. and res
0.3 A, 125 Vdc, 0.15 A, 250 Vdc, res
D
UL/CSA Rating: L22
1 A, 120 Vax, ind. and res
F
UL/CSA Rating: L22
1 A, 125 Vac
G
Analog Current Output (4 mA to 20 mA)
12.5 Vdc to 40 Vdc
Switching options:
SPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
DPDT
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
Analog position sensing specifications (Electrical rating “G”)
Current output:
Voltage compliance range:
Maximum load resistance:
Current signal output:
Span:
Null:
62
www.honeywell.com/sensing
4 mA to 20 mA
12.5 Vdc to 40 Vdc
RL, Max., –V Supply - 12.5
20 mA
4 mA to 20 mA
Adjustable from 15° to 90° of angular rotation
4 mA position may be set at any angular position
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
Operating characteristics
Basic Switch Type
BZ
BA
DT
Pretravel (max.)*
15°
15°
30°
Differential Travel (max.)
10°
10°
25°
Overtravel (min.)*
90°
90°
75°
Operating Torque (max.)
11.1 in lb/1,25 N m
* May be modified in field to suit application requirements.
HS
30°
20°
75°
Note: Levers are ordered separately (see pages 6971 for details)
Notes:
Add the letter “A” to listings with side mounting holes tapped 5/16 (8).
Example: 11CX2A
Add the letter “B” to listings with thru mounting holes tapped 3/8-24 (4).
Example: 11CX2B
Add the letter “C” to listings for low temperature (-40 °C/°F) applications.
Example: 11CX2C
Add “D01” to specify a “direct-couple” listing with 3/8 in. dia by 3/4 in. long
flatted shaft.
Example: 11CX2-D01
Add the letter “E” to listings for European Atex approvals.
Example: 11CX2E
For Replacement Basic Switch Assemblies, change the first number in the
listing to “9”.
Example: 11CX2 becomes 91CX2
Short housing
OPTIONS
HOUSING
SIZE
Short
Short
Short
Short
Short
Short
Standard
Standard
BASIC
SWITCHES
BZ (2)
BZ (2)
BZ (2)
BZ (2)
BZ (2)
BZ (2)
BZ (4)
BZ (4)
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL
RATING
A
A
A
A
F
F
A
A
SHAFT RESTORING
FORCE TO CENTRE
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without
REFERENCE
11CX2
11CX12
11CX2E
11CX12E
1172CX2
1172CX12
21CX4
21CX14
UL listed for Class I, Group B (hydrogen atmospheres)
Standard housing
HOUSING
SIZE
Standard
Standard
Short
Short
Standard
BASIC
SWITCHES
DT (2)
DT (2)
HS (2)
HS (2)
HS (4)
CONTACT
DPDT
DPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL
RATING
C
C
D
D
D
SHAFT RESTORING
FORCE TO CENTRE
With
Without
With
Without
With
REFERENCE
24CX2
24CX12
16CX2
16CX12
26CX4
Analog output, 4 mA to 20 mA
HOUSING
SIZE
Short
Short
Short
Standard
Standard
BASIC
SWITCHES
None
None
None
BZ (2)
BZ (2)
CONTACT
N/A
N/A
N/A
SPDT
SPDT
ELECTRICAL
RATING
G
G
G
A, G
A, G
SHAFT RESTORING
FORCE TO CENTRE
With
Without
Without
With
Without
REFERENCE
18CX0
18CX10
18CX10E
281CX2
281CX12
Bronze housing for use in corrosive
environments
80CX switches have rugged bronze housings which are resistant to salt water
and other corrosive environments. They comply with the NEMA 4X
requirement for protection against corrosion, in addition to NEMA enclosure
standards met by other CX switches. O-ring seals make the enclosure weatherproof, but are outside of required flame paths, maintaining explosion-proof
requirements.
HOUSING
SIZE
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
BASIC
SWITCHES
BZ (2)
BZ (4)
BZ (4)
DT (2)
www.honeywell.com/sensing
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
ELECTRICAL
RATING
A
A
A
C
SHAFT RESTORING
FORCE TO CENTRE
With
With
Without
With
REFERENCE
81CX2
81CX4
81CX14
84CX2
63
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
LSX/BX Series weather sealed, explosion proof limit switches are for use either
indoor or outdoors in hazardous atmospheres. They are completely sealed
and designed for use in explosive gas/dust environments.
LSX/BX Series
Weather sealed
explosion proof
switches
LSX/BX products meet the sealing standards of NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9 and 13.
BX products are also sealed to IP67 standard and are ATEX approved (see
specifications below).
All heads are field adjustable at 90° increments. Heads with side rotary
actuators can be adjusted for clockwise and counter clockwise operation.
Actuators
Sealing:
LSX
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 7 (Class 1, Division 1, Groups B, C, D),
9 (Class 2, Division 1, Groups E, F, G), 13
IP67, NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 13
Rotary actuated switches
BX
Approvals:
LSX/BX
UL, CSA*
BX only
EExd IIC T6 category II 2 GD, SIRA 00ATEX 1037X
Contacts:
Electrical ratings A, B
Silver
Electrical rating C
Gold
Switching options:
SPDT
DPDT
Single Pole, Double Throw
Double Pole, Double Throw
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
Operating torque max.:
Standard
Low
Standard
Low
Standard
Low
0,45 N m (4.0 in lb)
0,19 Nm (1.7 in lb)
15°
9°
60°
66°
Differential travel max. (DT):
Standard SPDT
Standard DPDT
Low SPDT
Low DPDT
5°
7°
3°
4°
Pretravel max. (PT):
SPDT Double Break
DPDT Double Break
Overtravel min. (OT):
* Applies only to listings with ½ in NPT or ¾ in NPT
Electrical ratings
10 amps continuous carry. Circuits on any one pole must be the same polarity.
ac Volts
Pilot duty: 600 Vac, 720 VA
A
SPDT
NEMA
A600
B
DPDT
NEMA
B600
C
SPDT/DPDT
Amps at 0.35 Power Factor
Vac
Make
Break
120
60
6
240
30
3
480
15
1.5
600
12
1.2
120
30
3
240
15
1.5
480
7.5
0.75
600
6
0.60
250 Vac or 60 Vdc, 0.050 amp max.
Note: Levers are ordered separately (see pages 6971 for details)
dc Volts
Pilot duty: 240 Vdc, 30 watts
A
SPDT
B
DPDT
C
SPDT/DPDT
64
Make and Break Amps
Vdc
Inductive
Resistive
120
0.25
0.8
240
0.15
0.4
120
0.25
0.8
240
0.15
0.4
250 Vac or 60 Vdc, 0.050 amp max.
www.honeywell.com/sensing
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
OPTIONS
Maintained contact
Side rotary
Operating torque max.:
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
SPDT
DPDT
Operating temperature:
0,45 N m (4.0 in lb)
65°
20°
30°
35°
-1 °C to 121 °C (30 °F to 250 °F)
LSX
Operating temperature:
-12 °C to 121 °C (10 °F to 250 °F)
LSX
Low DT
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
20 mm
¾ in - 14NPT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
20 mm
½ in - 14NPT
½ in - 14NPT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
A
C
B
B
B
A
REFERENCE
LSXA3K
LSX4A3K
LSXA4K
LSXA3E
LSXA4L
LSX4A4L
LSXA7L
LSXP3K
Maintained
Maintained
Maintained
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
½ in - 14NPT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
B
REFERENCE
LSXN3K
LSXN4L
LSXN7L
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
BXN3K
BXN4L
BX
Maintained
Maintained
Top rotary
BX
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
20 mm
¾ in - 14NPT
Operating temperature:
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
B
REFERENCE
BXA3K
BX4A3K
BXA4L
-1 °C to 121 °C (30 °F to 250 °F)
LSX
Low
Low
Low
Low
DT/Low torque
DT/Low torque
torque
torque
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
A
B
REFERENCE
LSXH3K
LSXH4L
LSXR3K
LSXR4L
BX
Low torque
Low torque
Low torque
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
C
C
REFERENCE
BXR3K
BXR3E
BXR4S
Operating torque max.:
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
SPDT
DPDT
Operating temperature:
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
0,28 N m (2.5 in lb)
25°
100°
10°
12°
-1 °C to 121 °C (30 °F to 250 °F)
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
LSXB3K
LSXB4L
Centre neutral
Operating torque max. :
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Operating temperature:
CONTACT
DPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
¾ in - 14NPT
20 mm
0,45 N m (4.0 in lb)
18°
57°
10°
-1 °C to 121 °C (30 °F to 250 °F)
ELECTRICAL RATING
B
B
REFERENCE
LSXM4N
LSX4M4N
www.honeywell.com/sensing
65
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
LSX/BX Series (continued)
Plunger actuated switches
Top plungers
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
SPDT
DPDT
Operating temperature:
17,79 N (4 lb)
1,78 mm (0.07 in)
4,83 mm (0.19 in)
0,38 mm (0.015 in)
0,51 mm (0.02 in)
-12 °C to 93 °C (10 °F to 200 °F)
OPTIONS
Top roller plunger
Top pin plunger
Head can be set at 90° increments for cam or slide actuation
Operating point:
58,5 mm ± 0,76 mm
(2.305 in ± 0.03 in)
LSX
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
20 mm
¾ in - 14NPT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
B
REFERENCE
LSXC3K
LSX4C3K
LSXC4L
CONDUIT
20 mm
¾ in - 14NPT
20 mm
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
B
REFERENCE
BX4C3K
BXC4L
BX4C4L
CONTACT
SPDT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
20 mm
¾ in - 14NPT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
A
B
REFERENCE
LSXD3K
LSX4D3K
LSXD4L
CONDUIT
20 mm
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BX4D3K
BX
CONTACT
SPDT
Top pin plunger, adjustable
7,9
(0.31)
21,6
(0.85)
Min.
operating point
Max.
65,7
operating point (2,59)
72,0
(2,83)
Operating point:
CONTACT
SPDT
66
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
65,66 mm to 72,01 mm
(2.585 in to 2.835 in)
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
68,6 mm ± 1.00 mm
(2.700 in ± 0.04 in)
LSX
BX
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
Operating point:
REFERENCE
LSXV3K
www.honeywell.com/sensing
EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES
Wobble actuated switches
OPTIONS
Side plungers
Plastic rod
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Overtravel min. (OT):
Differential travel max. (DT):
Operating temperature:
26,69 N (6 lb)
2,54 mm (0.10 in)
4,83 mm (0.19 in)
1,14 mm (0.045)
-12 °C to 93 °C
(10 °F to 200 °F)
OPTIONS
Side pin plunger
Operating point:
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
33,0 mm (1.30 in)
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
REFERENCE
LSXE3K
LSXE4L
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Operating temperature:
CONTACT
SPDT
DPDT
Side roller plunger
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
¾ in - 14NPT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
B
2,78 N (10 oz)
25,4 mm (1.0 in)
-12 °C to 93 °C
(10 °F to 200 °F)
REFERENCE
LSXJ3K-7A
LSXJ4L-7A
Roller may be set in vertical or horizontal position for cam or slide actuation
Cat whisker
Operating point:
44,1 mm (1.735 in)
LSX
CONTACT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
LSXF3K
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
REFERENCE
BXF3K
BX
CONTACT
SPDT
Operating force max. (OF):
Pretravel max. (PT):
Operating temperature:
CONTACT
SPDT
CONDUIT
½ in - 14NPT
www.honeywell.com/sensing
ELECTRICAL RATING
A
1,39 N (5 oz)
50,8 mm (2.0 in)
-12 °C to 93 °C
(10 °F to 200 °F)
REFERENCE
LSXK3K-8A
67
Blank page
68
www.honeywell.com/sensing
LEVERS
Levers
REFERENCE
Separate levers must be ordered with side rotary
types. The table provides a cross reference
between product families and the lever order/
reference numbers. The following pages describe
the levers. Illustrations are for reference only.
Exact mounting drawings and dimensions are
available from your local sales office or from the
website below.
Levers lock in any position, 360° around the shaft.
Rollers may be mounted on the front or back of the
lever.
All levers are supplied with cap screws.
Explosion proof switches
Because of explosion proof requirements, only
nylon rollers or other non sparking material should
be selected. BX/LSX, CX and EX plunger and cat
whisker types are of non sparking material. Do not
mix or substitute.
Specification (unless stated
otherwise)
Lever radius/length:
Roller Diameter:
Roller Width:
-EX
1.5 in (38,1 mm)
0.75 in (19,1 mm)
0.25 in (6,35 mm)
0.312 in (7,92 mm)
Note:
Not all levers are compatible with
all switches
6PA57
6PA63
6PA69
6PA80
6PA82
6PA102
6PA144
GLZ51A
GLZ51B
GLZ52A
GLZ52B
GLZ54J
GLZ55B
LSZ51
LSZ51A
LSZ51B
LSZ51C
LSZ51D
LSZ51W
LSZ51Y
LSZ52
LSZ52A
LSZ52B
LSZ52C
LSZ52D
LSZ52J
LSZ52K
LSZ52M
LSZ52N
LSZ52W
LSZ52Y
LSZ53A
LSZ53B
LSZ53D
LSZ53E
LSZ53P
LSZ53S
LSZ53U
LSZ54
LSZ54M
LSZ54N
LSZ54R
LSZ54V
LSZ55
LSZ55A
LSZ55B
LSZ55C
LSZ55D
LSZ55W
LSZ55Y
LSZ61
LSZ67AA
LSZ68
6PA5-EX
6PA127-EX
6PA130-EX
6PA131-EX
6PA136-EX
6PA138-EX
6PA142-EX
6PA204-EX
ROLLER
MATERIAL
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Spring rod
Steel
Steel
Nylon
Ball bearing
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
Steel
Aluminium
Steel
N/A
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
Steel
Rubber
Rubber
N/A
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
Nylon
Nylon
Nylon
Rubber
Rubber
Nylon
Steel
Steel
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
Steel
N/A
Aluminium
Stainless steel
Spring wire
Cable
N/A
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
Steel
Rubber
Rubber
Nylatron
Rubber
Delrin
Bronze
Nylon
Bronze
Bronze
Aluminium
Nylon
Bronze
Nylon
GLA
LIMIT SWITCH SERIES
HDLS
LS2
LS
EXPLOSION PROOF SERIES
BX/LSX
CX
EX
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
Stainless steel
levers
LS2Z51A
LS2Z51B
LS2Z52A
LS2Z52B
LS2Z54N
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
Steel
Steel
!
!
!
!
!
www.honeywell.com/sensing
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
69
LEVERS
OPTIONS * denotes lever suitable for Explosion Proof Series switches
One way roller lever
Standard fixed lever
MOUNTED ON
REFERENCE
LSZ51*
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Front
Front
LSZ51A*
LSZ51B
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Back
Back
LSZ51C*
LSZ51D
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Front
Front
GLZ51A
GLZ51B
Bronze roller
Nylon roller
Front
Front
6PA5-EX*
6PA127-EX*
Ball bearing roller
Front
6PA144
Without roller
Adjustable rod
RADIUS/LENGTH
Hub only
Bronze roller, clockwise
RADIUS/LENGTH REFERENCE
1.56 in (39,6 mm) 6PA130-EX*
Bronze roller, counter clockwise 1.56 in (39,6 mm) 6PA142-EX*
Perpendicular (cross) roller lever
Offset fixed lever
REFERENCE
LSZ54*
Aluminium rod
5.5 in (139,7 mm) LSZ54M*
Stainless steel rod
13.0 in (330,2 mm) LSZ54N
Aluminium, spring only
12.0 in (305 mm)
LSZ54R
Aluminium, flexible cable
4.8 in (122 mm)
LSZ54V
Aluminium rod
7.9 in (200 mm)
GLZ54J
Stainless steel rod
13.0 in (330,2 mm) 6PA63
Aluminium rod
5.3 in (134,1 mm) 6PA136-EX*
Adjustable rod, nylon roller
MOUNTED ON
REFERENCE
LSZ55*
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Back
Back
LSZ55A*
LSZ55B
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Front
Front
LSZ55C*
LSZ55D
Metal roller
Front
GLZ55B
Without roller
RADIUS/LENGTH REFERENCE
1.81 in (46,0 mm) 6PA131-EX*
Bronze roller
Yoke lever
Aluminium rod, nylon roler
RADIUS/LENGTH REFERENCE
12.5 in (317,5 mm) 6PA204-EX*
Adjustable lever
Spring rod
Operating radius/length:
-EX
1.5 in to 3.5 in
(38,1 mm to 88,9 mm)
1.69 in to 3.0 in
(42,9 mm to 76,2 mm)
Adjustable lever, without roller
MOUNTED ON REFERENCE
LSZ52
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Back
Back
LSZ52A*
LSZ52B
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Nylon roller,
Ø 1.0 in (25,4) x 0.5 in (12,7 mm)
Nylon roller, Ø 1.5 in (38,1)
Nylon roller, Ø 2.0 in (50,8)
Nylon roller, 0.5 in wide (12,7 mm)
Front
Front
LSZ52C*
LSZ52D
Front
Front
Front
Front
LSZ52J*
LSZ52K*
LSZ52M*
LSZ52N*
Nylon roller
Metal roller
Back
Back
GLZ52A
GLZ52B
Nylon roller,
Ø 1.0 in (25,4) x 0.5 in (12,7 mm) Front
Nylon roller
Metal roller
MOUNTED ON
Front/Back
Front/Back
REFERENCE
LSZ53A
LSZ53B
Metal roller
Front/Front
LSZ53D
Nylon roller
Back/Front
LSZ53E*
Metal roller
Nylon roller
Back/Back
Back/Back
LSZ53P
LSZ53S*
Metal roller
Back/Front
LSZ53U
Metal roller
Metal roller
Nylon roller
Front/Back
Front/Front
Front/Front
6PA80
6PA82
6PA102
RADIUS/LENGTH
12.0 in (305 mm)
REFERENCE
LSZ68
Ø 0.17 in (4,32 mm)
7.4 in (188 mm)
6PA69
6PA138-EX*
Note:
70
Ø 0.25 in (6,35 mm)
Not all levers are compatible with all switches
www.honeywell.com/sensing
LEVERS
* denotes lever suitable for Explosion Proof Series switches
Stainless steel levers
**Large rubber roller, adjustable
lever
Flexible loop
Roller Diameter:
Roller Width:
0.75 in (19,1 mm)
0.25 in (6,35 mm)
OPTIONS
Standard fixed lever
Flexible loop
RADIUS/LENGTH
6.0 in (152 mm)
REFERENCE
LSZ61
REFERENCE
LSZ52W
Ø 1.6 in X 0.50 in wide roller
(40,6 mm X 12,7 mm)
Hand operated button
Ø 2 in X 0.50 in wide roller
(50,8 mm X 12,7 mm)
LSZ52Y
Operating radius/length:
1.5 in (38,1 mm)
Nylon roller
MOUNTED ON
Front
REFERENCE
LS2Z51A*
Stainless steel roller
Front
LS2Z51B
**Conveyor roller arm
Adjustable lever
Ø 1.5 in (38,1 mm)
REFERENCE
6PA57
**Large rubber roller, fixed lever
Operating radius/length:
Plastic roller, 1.5 in Ø X 3.8 in long
(38,1 mm X 96,5 mm)
6.78 in (172,2 mm)
REFERENCE
LSZ67AA
NOTICE **
Ø 1.6 in X 0.50 in wide roller
(40,6 mm X 12,7 mm)
Ø 2 in X 0.50 in wide roller
(50,8 mm X 12,7 mm)
REFERENCE
LSZ51W
LSZ51Y
Large rubber rollers and conveyor roller arm
Because of the lever’s mass, the limit switch should be
mounted with the lever facing down. This will enable
gravity to help restore the switch to the free position.
Operating radius/length:
1.5 in to 3.5 in
(38,1 mm to 88,9 mm)
Nylon roller
MOUNTED ON
Back
REFERENCE
LS2Z52A*
Stainless steel roller
Back
LS2Z52B
Adjustable rod
**Large rubber roller, fixed offset
lever
Operating radius/length:
Ø 1.6 in X 0.50 in wide roller
(40,6 mm X 12,7 mm)
Ø 2 in X 0.50 in wide roller
(50,8 mm X 12,7 mm)
13 in (330,2 mm)
REFERENCE
LS2Z54N
REFERENCE
LSZ55W
LSZ55Y
Note:
Not all levers are compatible with all switches
www.honeywell.com/sensing
71
POWER RELAYS
Solder/Plug-In Terminal, DPDT
2,6
[0.10]
SZR-MY
Series Power
Relay
8 - O 1,2 [0.05] x 3 Holes
Current rating (SZR-MY2):
Current rating (SZR-MY4):
Contact resistance:
Contact material:
Agency approvals:
Operate time:
Release time:
Ambient temperature:
Ambient humidity:
Switching options:
5A
3A
50 mOhm max.
Fine silver
UL, CE, CSA
20 ms max.
20 ms max.
-25 °C to 75 °C (-13 °F to 167 °F)
45% RH to 85% RH
DPDT, 4PDT
6,3
[0.25]
SZR-MY Series relays have a small package design for multiple application
needs. Relays are available in two configurations: DPDT with a 5 A load and
4PDT with a 3 A load. One standard and three options are available: LED
indicator, internal surge protection diode, and LED indicator/diode protection.
0,5
[0.02]
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
Max. 28,0 [1.10]
0,5
[0.02]
SZR-MY Series general-purpose power relays are designed for a wide range
of applications including power, as well as logic control, for factory machines
and control panels.
Max. 21,5
[0.85]
6,0
[0.24]
Standard
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/5 amp
250 Vac/5 amp
125 Vdc/1 amp
125 Vdc/1 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-MY2-1-AC110-120V
SZR-MY2-1-AC220V
SZR-MY2-1-DC12V
SZR-MY2-1-DC24V
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/5 amp
250 Vac/5 amp
125 Vdc/1 amp
125 Vdc/1 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-MY2-N1-AC110-120V
SZR-MY2-N1-AC220V
SZR-MY2-N1-DC12V
SZR-MY2-N1-DC24V
MAX. CONTACT RATING
125 Vdc/1 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-MY2-D1-DC24V
LED Indicator
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
Diode Protection
MY2 Series
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
OPTIONS
LED Indicator/Diode Protection
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
3,3
[0.13]
1,0
[0.04]
Standard, PCB Terminal, DPDT
6,3
[0.25]
0,5
[0.02]
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220/240 Vac
24 Vdc
72
Max. 28,0
[1.10]
0,5
[0.02]
3,5
[0.14]
Max. 21,5
[0.85]
6,0
[0.24]
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/5 amp
250 Vac/5 amp
125 Vdc/1 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-MY2-1P-AC110-120V
SZR-MY2-1P-AC220V-240V
SZR-MY2-1P-DC24V
www.honeywell.com/sensing
MAX. CONTACT RATING
125 Vdc/1 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-MY2-X1-DC24V
POWER RELAYS
Solder/Plug-In Terminal, 4PDT
MY4 Series
2,6
[0.10]
OPTIONS
14 - O 1.2 [0.05] x 3 Holes
Max. 28,0
[1.10]
6,3
[0.25]
0,5
[0.02]
6,3
[0.25]
3,5
[0.14]
0,5
[0.02]
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220/240 Vac
24 Vdc
Max. 21,5
[0.85]
6,0
[0.24]
Standard
5,0
[0.20]
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/3 amp
250 Vac/3 amp
125 Vdc/0.6 amp
Max. 21,5
[0.85]
0,5
[0.02]
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
Max. 28,0
[1.10]
0,5
[0.02]
3,3
[0.13]
1,0
[0.04]
Standard, PCB Terminal, 4PDT
REFERENCE
SZR-MY4-1P-AC110-120V
SZR-MY4-1P-AC220V-240V
SZR-MY4-1P-DC24V
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/3 amp
250 Vac/3 amp
125 Vdc/0.6 amp
125 Vdc/0.6 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-MY4-1-AC110-120V
SZR-MY4-1-AC220V
SZR-MY4-1-DC12V
SZR-MY4-1-DC24V
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/3 amp
250 Vac/3 amp
125 Vdc/0.6 amp
125 Vdc/0.6 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-MY4-N1-AC110-120V
SZR-MY4-N1-AC220V
SZR-MY4-N1-DC12V
SZR-MY4-N1-DC24V
MAX. CONTACT RATING
125 Vdc/0.6 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-MY4-D1-DC24V
LED Indicator
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
Diode Protection
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
LED Indicator/Diode Protection
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
www.honeywell.com/sensing
MAX. CONTACT RATING
125 Vdc/0.6 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-MY4-X1-DC24V
73
POWER RELAYS
SZR-LY Series Power Relay
LY2 Series
OPTIONS
Operate time:
Release time:
Ambient temperature:
Ambient humidity:
Switching options:
10 A
50 mOhm max.
Silver cadium oxide
UL, CE, CSA
18,000 operations/hour (mechanical)
1,800 operations/hour (electrical)
25 ms max.
25 ms max.
-25 °C to 70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F)
45% RH to 85% RH
DPDT, 4PDT
Max. 28,0 [1.10]
REFERENCE
SZR-LY2-1P-AC110-120V
SZR-LY2-1P-DC24V
Solder/Plug-In Terminal, DPDT
14 - O 3,0 [0.12]
3,0 [0.12]
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
6,4 [0.26]
Max. 21,5
[0.85]
Standard
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/10 amp
250 Vac/10 amp
125 Vdc/2 amp
125 Vdc/2 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY2-1-AC110-120V
SZR-LY2-1-AC220V
SZR-LY2-1-DC12V
SZR-LY2-1-DC24V
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/10 amp
250 Vac/10 amp
125 Vdc/2 amp
125 Vdc/2 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY2-N1-AC110-120V
SZR-LY2-N1-AC220V
SZR-LY2-N1-DC12V
SZR-LY2-N1-DC24V
MAX. CONTACT RATING
125 Vdc/2 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY2-D1-DC24V
LED Indicator
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
Diode Protection
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
LED Indicator/Diode Protection
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
74
www.honeywell.com/sensing
MAX. CONTACT RATING
125 Vdc/ 2 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY2-X1-DC24V
Max. 28,0 [1.10]
Current rating:
Contact resistance:
Contact material:
Agency approvals:
Operating frequency:
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/10 amp
125 Vdc/2 amp
5,75
[0.23]
One standard and three options are available: LED indicator, internal surge
protection diode, and LED indicator/diode protection.
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
24 Vdc
Max. 21,5 [0.85]
4,5
[0.18]
5,0
[0.20]
SZR-LY Series relays break 10 A loads are ideal for control panels that require
stable and reliable relays.
1,0
[0.04]
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
0,5
[0.02]
SZR-LY Series general-purpose power relays are designed for a wide range of
applications including power, as well as logic control, for factory machines
and control panels.
5,75
[0.23]
2,0
[0.08]
0,5
[0.02]
Standard, PCB Terminal, DPDT
POWER RELAYS
LY4 Series
OPTIONS
Solder/Plug-In Terminal, 4PDT
Max. 41,5 [1.63]
4,5
[0.18]
Max. 28,0 [1.10]
14 - O 3.0 Holes
5,0
[0.20]
Max. 28,0 [1.10]
2,0
[0.08]
1,0
[0.04]
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
0,5
[0.02]
0,5
[0.02]
Standard, PCB Terminal, 4PDT
Max. 36,0 [1.42]
3,0
[0.12]
6,4 [0.25]
Max. 41,5 [1.63]
Standard
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220/240 Vac
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/10 amp
250 Vac/10 amp
125 Vdc/2 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY4-1P-AC110-120V
SZR-LY4-1P-AC220V-240V
SZR-LY4-1P-DC24V
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/10 amp
250 Vac/10 amp
125 Vdc/2 amp
125 Vdc/2 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY4-1-AC110-120V
SZR-LY4-1-AC220V
SZR-LY4-1-DC12V
SZR-LY4-1-DC24V
MAX. CONTACT RATING
250 Vac/10 amp
250 Vac/10 amp
125 Vdc/2 amp
125 Vdc/2 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY4-N1-AC110-120V
SZR-LY4-N1-AC220V
SZR-LY4-N1-DC12V
SZR-LY4-N1-DC24V
MAX. CONTACT RATING
125 Vdc/2 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY4-D1-DC24V
LED Indicator
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
110/120 Vac
220 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
Diode Protection
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
LED Indicator/Diode Protection
COIL INPUT VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
www.honeywell.com/sensing
MAX. CONTACT RATING
125 Vdc/2 amp
REFERENCE
SZR-LY4-X1-DC24V
75
POWER RELAYS
MY2 Series Socket
LY2 Series Socket
22,0 [0.87]
30,0 [1.18]
25,0 [0.99]
47,0
[1.85]
2 - M4
2 - O 4,5 [0.18] Holes
2,5
[0.10]
18,0
[0.70]
26,0
[1.02]
14,5
[0.57]
30,0 [1.18]
25,0 [0.99]
Max. 61,0 [2.40]
Max. 61,0 [2.40]
POLES
2
REFERENCE
SZX-SMF-08N
2 - O 4,5 [0.18] Holes
14-M3.5x8
18,0
[0.70]
26,0 [1.02]
2-M4
36,0 ± 0,2
[1.42 ± 0.008]
8,0
[0.31]
Max. 45,5
[1.79]
25,0 [0.99]
30,0 [1.18]
3,4 [0.13]
68,0 [2.68]
62,0 ± 0,1 [2.44 ± .004]
2-M3 or 2-M4
2 - O 6,0 [0.24] 7,0
[0.28]
69,0 ± 0,3
[2.72 ± 0.01]
4,5
[0.18]
26,0
[1.02]
35,2 [1.39]
15,6
[0.61]
45,0 [1.77]
3,9
[0.15]
4,2
[0.17]
REFERENCE
SZX-SLF-08N
LY4 Series Socket
6,0
[0.24]
62,0 [2.44]
POLES
2
35,5 [1.40]
MY4 Series Socket
TYPE
Rail socket
Max. 78,5 [3.09]
TYPE
Rail socket
3,0
[0.12]
25,0 ± 0,2
[0.99 ± .008]
4,2
[0.17]
62,0 ± 0,1
[2.44 ± .004]
45,0
[1.77]
15,6
[0.61]
3,0
[0.12]
2-M3 or 2-M4
2 - O 4,5 [0.18] Holes
26,0 [1.02]
19,0
[0.75]
8,0
[0.31]
26,0
[1.02]
35,2
[1.39]
62,0 [2.44]
4,2
[0.17]
3,9
[0.15]
67,0 [2.64]
6,0
[0.24]
Max. 61,0 [2.40]
Max. 66,0 [2.60]
Max. 30,0 [1.18]
TYPE
Rail socket
76
POLES
4
REFERENCE
SZX-SMF-14N
TYPE
Rail socket
www.honeywell.com/sensing
POLES
4
REFERENCE
SZX-SLF-14
SAFETY SWITCHES
Electromechanical Safety
Switches
Honeywell is a worldwide leader in advanced switching and sensing
technology - especially in the area of industrial safety. We offer both
electromechanical safety switches and electronic safety sensors as well as
safety control modules for safety applications in all categories of risk.
Customers can count on our diverse product line to meet all of their machine
safety applications.
Honeywell products meet or exceed European machine safety standards and
have been approved (CE, BG, INRS) for use in Europe for more than 25 years.
As North America moves toward harmonizing with global standards, machine
builders and users can confidently turn to Honeywell for compliant machine
safety solutions. Our products are designed to meet all applicable OSHA and
ANSI standards.
Refer to pages 6 and 7 for more information about degrees of protection and
electrical ratings.
Protective Guarding
Cable Pull Switches
Protective guarding around a dangerous machine can be achieved with
tamper-resistant safety switches. Safety switches incorporate positive opening
operation such that even a welded contact will be mechanically broken and a
stop signaled. These switches monitor the position of moveable guards and
doors, which are used to safeguard access to equipment and provide
protection from ejected pieces, chips, projectiles or oil. These safeguards
require a relatively low investment and provide reliable protection if they are
regularly checked and maintained.
Cable-pull limit switches serve as a readily accessible means of emergency
stop for applications. These cable-pull devices are visible, accessible and easy
to use and they immediately open the emergency stop circuit when activated.
www.honeywell.com/sensing
77
SAFETY SWITCHES
GKM Series
Global Miniature
Safety Key
Operated Switch
Used alone as Category 1 safety components or, in conjunction with other safety switches and our complete
range of safety relays, it is possible to construct comprehensive protection schemes with Category 2, 3 or 4
compliance.
The preleaded versions allow rapid fit, easy cable routing and function testing which cut costs dramatically
in OEM applications. Simple upgrade guarding solution for End User applications.
Low energy basic switches are rated as follows:
Operating Voltage Ue
1 Vdc to 60 Vdc or 1 Vac to 125 Vac
1 mA to 50 mA
Operating Current Ie
Example of catalog listing using a low energy basic switch - GKMA19
Mechanical life:
> 1 million
Sealing:
IP66/67, EN 60529, NEMA 1, 12, 13
Operating temperature:
-25 °C to 85 °C (-13 °F to 185 °F)
Approvals:
CE, UL, CSA
AC15 B300
DC13 Q300
Contacts:
Silver
Low energy
Gold plated
Switching options:
Slow action contacts
1 Normally Closed/1 Normally Open, Break Before Make
1NC/1NO, BBM - GKMF
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy - GKMA, B, C, D
3
4
1 Brown
Blue 3
2
1
White 2
3
2
4
4 Black
1
2 Normally Closed
2NC - GKMF
2NC, low energy - GKMA, B, C, D
3
2
4
3 2
1 Brown
Blue 3
1
White 2
4 Black
1 4
Electrical ratings:
Designation & Utilization
Category
AC15
AC15
AC15
AC14
A600
A300
B300
D300
DC13
DC13
Q300
R300
IEC 60947-5-1/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational current le (A)
at rated operational voltage Ue
120 V 240 V 380 V 480 V 500 V 600 V
6
3
1,9
1,5
1,4
1,2
6
3
3
1.5
0,6
0,3
125 V 250 V
0,55
0,27
0,22
0,1
Of key slot
90˚ - Key shown in optional
actuating positions
16 max. /
0.63
Body style 'B'
17,2 /
0.67
1,6 /
0.058
12,8 /
0.504
Key
slot
22,0 /
0.866
10 max. /
0.30
2 X mounting holes
for M4 or #8 screws.
Counter bored both sides
08,3 X 4,5 deep.
0.366 0.177
78
32 max. /
1.26
37,4 /
1.47
2,3 /
0.69
34 max. /
0.34
www.honeywell.com/sensing
VA
rating
Make
Break
7200
720
7200
720
3600
360
432
72
69
28
69
28
SAFETY SWITCHES
KEY STYLE
OPTIONS
Side exit cable
Side exit M12 dc micro-change
connector
Straight key
45 /
1.77
2 + max. /
0.945
3,5 /
0.138
12,8 /
0.504
2,5 /
0.093
CABLE LENGTH
1m
1m
2m
2m
2m
2m
3m
3m
3m
3m
CONTACT
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
REFERENCE
GKMA17
GKMA19
GKMA23
GKMA26
GKMA27
GKMA29
GKMA33
GKMA36
GKMA37
GKMA39
Face 'A'
21,3 /
0.638
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
REFERENCE
GKMC03
GKMC06
GKMC07
GKMC09
15 /
0.59
6,4 min. /
0.252
22 /
0.866
2 holes for M4
or #8 screws
REFERENCE
GKZ51M
Stainless steel
Bottom exit M12 dc micro-change
connector
90° key
Bottom exit cable
2 holes for M4
or #8 screws with
45˚ C' SK X 2,1 deep
0.083
14 max. /
0.55
Face 'A'
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
CABLE LENGTH
1m
1m
1m
1m
2m
2m
2m
2m
3m
3m
3m
3m
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
REFERENCE
GKMB13
GKMB16
GKMB17
GKMB19
GKMB23
GKMB26
GKMB27
GKMB29
GKMB33
GKMB36
GKMB37
GKMB39
REFERENCE
GKMD03
GKMD07
GKMD09
22 /
0.866
6,4 min. /
0.252
Dual exit M12 dc micro-change
connector
24 max. /
0.945
Stainless steel
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
12,8 /
0.504
32 max. /
1.25
REFERENCE
GKZ52M
REFERENCE
GKMF03
GKMF06
GKMF07
GKMF09
www.honeywell.com/sensing
79
SAFETY SWITCHES
GSS Series
Hinge Mount Safety
Limit Switch
The Hinge Mount Safety Limit Switch is designed for use on machine access doors as an alternative solution
to key operated interlocks and safety limit switches. When the access door is opened, a follower pin (not
supplied) slides down the slot in the actuator lever, forcing the actuator lever to rotate and positively open the
NC safety circuit to shut off the machine. Closing the access door rotates the actuator lever to the reset
position, closing the NC safety contacts.
The Hinge Mount Safety Limit Switch minimizes alignment problems because it may be offset-mounted from
the hinge point of the door. The tamper-resistant design and the positive opening contacts provide a higher
level of safety than the conventional spring-driven limit switches often used to monitor door position.
Low Energy Switching
In today’s demanding age of low energy controls, electromechanical switches are frequently used to interface
directly with safety relays, PLCs and other low energy devices. To accommodate this requirement GSS offers
a new gold plated contact version of the standard basic switch. This improves reliability of switching at low
currents and voltages by protecting the contact surfaces from contamination during operation or storage
prior to use.
Standard silver contacts have a disadvantage in that the contact surface may tarnish under certain
environmental conditions, e.g. in the presence of moisture.
Low energy basic switches are rated as follows:
Operating Voltage Ue
1 Vdc to 60 Vdc or 1 Vac to 125 Vac
1 mA to 50 mA
Operating Current Ie
Example of catalog listing using a low energy basic switch - GSCB33S2.
Switching options:
GSC/D
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
13
14
21
22 Zb
Slow action contacts (1NC/1NO) BBM
GSE
Slow action contacts (4NC)
12
21
22
31
32 4Y
41
42
Slow action contacts (2NC/2NO) BBM
11
12
21
22
22
21
11
2Y, 2X
Zb
13
14
Slow action contacts (2NC)
11
34
44
Slow action contacts (3NC/1NO) BBM
12
2Y
21
33
43
11
12
21
22
31
32
43
44
3Y, 1X
22
Electrical ratings:
Designation & Utilization
Category
80
AC15
AC15
AC15
AC14
A600
A300
B300
D300
DC13
DC13
Q300
R300
IEC 60947-5-1/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational current le (A)
at rated operational voltage Ue
120 V 240 V 380 V 480 V 500 V 600 V
6
3
1,9
1,5
1,4
1,2
6
3
3
1.5
0,6
0,3
125 V 250 V
0,55
0,27
0,22
0,1
www.honeywell.com/sensing
VA
rating
Make
Break
7200
720
7200
720
3600
360
432
72
69
28
69
28
SAFETY SWITCHES
ACTUATED SWITCHES
GSC Metal body
GSD Plastic body
EN 50047
Safety Standard
Rotated 90° to the left
from center
22 /
0.87
20 /
0.78
24,75 /
0.97
Rotated 90° to the right
from center
104 /
4.09
70 /
2.76
45 /
1.77
3/
0.12
180
MIN
R 2,15 /
0.08
55 /
2.16
GSC - Metal body
GSC - Metal body
30,5 /
1.20
14,5 /
0.57
3,5 /
0.138
30 /
1.18
CONTACT
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
20 mm
REFERENCE
GSCA01S1
GSCA03S1
GSCA06S1
GSCC36S1
GSD - Plastic body
conduit
thread
19,8 /
0.78
ø 23 /
ø 0.9
Mechanical life:
up to 1 million
Sealing:
IP 66, NEMA 1, 4 (GSC), 12, 13
Operating temperature:
-25 °C to 85 °C
(-13 °F to 185 °F)
Approvals:
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
AC15 A300
DC13 Q300
UL, CSA, BG
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
1NC/1NO
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GSDA03S1
GSDA06S1
GSDB03S1
GSDB06S1
GSDC01S1
CONTACT
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GSCA01S3
GSCA03S3
GSCA06S3
GSCB36S3
GSD - Plastic body
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
1NC/1NO
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GSDA03S3
GSDA06S3
GSDB03S3
GSDB06S3
GSDC01S3
Rotated 90° either direction from
center
5,1 /
0.20
11,5 /
0.45
2/
0.08
45 /
1.77
70 /
2.76
90 min.
90 min.
12,5 /
0.49
28 /
24,8 /
0.97
GSC - Metal body
CONTACT
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC, low energy
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
REFERENCE
GSCA01S2
GSCA03S2
GSCA06S2
GSCB36S2
GSD - Plastic body
CONTACT
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
1NC/1NO
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
REFERENCE
GSDA03S2
GSDA06S2
GSDB03S2
GSDB06S2
GSDC01S2
www.honeywell.com/sensing
81
SAFETY SWITCHES
GSE EN 50047 Compatible
Safety 3 Conduit Metal
Standard
12,5 /
0.49
ACTUATED SWITCHES
Rotated 90° to the left
from center
42 /
1.65
40 /
1.57
22 /
0.87
20 /
0.79
24,75 /
0.97
104 /
4.09
70 /
2.76
45 /
1.77
3/
0.12
R 2,15 /
0.08
60 /
2.37
13,75 /
0.54
12 /
0.47
30 /
1.18
2,5 /
0.1
52 /
2.05
57 /
2.24
4/
0.16
CONTACT
2NC/2NO, BBM
3NC/1NO, BBM
4NC, low energy
65 /
2.56
conduit
thread
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
½ in NPT
20 mm
REFERENCE
GSEA44S1
GSEA46S1
GSEC41S1
23,8 /
0.94
ø 23 /
ø 0.9
Mechanical life:
up to 1 million
Sealing:
IP 66, NEMA/UL 1, 4, 12, 13
Operating temperature:
-25 °C to 85 °C
(-13 °F to 185 °F)
Approvals:
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
AC15 A300
DC13 Q300
UL, CSA, BG
Rotated 90° either direction from
center
5,1 /
0.20
11,5 /
0.45
2/
0.08
45 /
1.77
70 /
2.76
90 min.
90 min.
12,5 /
0.49
28 /
CONTACT
2NC/2NO, BBM
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
24,8 /
0.97
REFERENCE
GSEA44S2
Rotated 90° to the right
from center
180
CONTACT
2NC/2NO, BBM
82
MIN
CONDUIT
½ in NPT
REFERENCE
GSEA44S3
www.honeywell.com/sensing
SAFETY SWITCHES
GK Series
Dual Entry Key
Operated Safety
Interlock Switch
The GK Series is designed specifically for use on machines where key removal brings the machine to an
immediate safe condition. It provides enhanced operator safety when added to hinged or sliding guard
doors, screens and protective covers on enclosures. The GK Series is especially well suited for large door
applications, typically in the automotive plant floor environment. Its heavy duty construction withstands
harsh industrial environments where rugged, long-term durability is required.
Nearly 1000 options are available in a simple to understand part number tree.
A safety lockout device is also available for use with the GK Series. The lockout device (GKZL2) is specifically
designed to prevent a key from being inserted either manually, or by the access door being closed while
maintenance personnel are working on the machine. When inserted, the lockout device can accommodate
up to four padlocks to prevent unauthorised removal of the device.
Mechanical life:
up to 15 million
Sealing:
IP 67, NEMA/UL type 1, 4, 12,13
Operating temperature:
-25 °C to 85 °C (-13 °F to 185 °F)
Approvals:
CE, CSA, UL
AC15 A300/A600
DC13 Q300
Contacts:
Silver
Low energy
Gold
Switching options:
Snap action contacts (1NC/1NO)
Snap action contacts (2NC/2NO)
13
Zb
21
13
14
11
12
23
24
21
22
14
22
Slow action contacts (1NC/1NO), BBM
22
21
Slow action contacts (2NC)
21
22
11
12
2Y
Zb
13
14
Slow action contacts (2NC/2NO), BBM
Slow action contacts (3NC/1NO)
11
12
11
12
21
22
21
22
31
32
2y,2x
13
14
23
24
3y,1x
43
44
Slow action contacts (4NC)
11
12
21
22
31
32
41
42
4y
Electrical ratings:
Designation & Utilization
Category
AC15
AC15
AC15
AC14
A600
A300
B300
D300
DC13
DC13
Q300
R300
IEC 60947-5-1/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational current le (A)
at rated operational voltage Ue
120 V 240 V 380 V 480 V 500 V 600 V
6
3
1,9
1,5
1,4
1,2
6
3
3
1.5
0,6
0,3
125 V 250 V
0,55
0,27
0,22
0,1
www.honeywell.com/sensing
VA
rating
Make
Break
7200
720
7200
720
3600
360
432
72
69
28
69
28
83
SAFETY SWITCHES
GK Series (continued)
Head orientation
OPTIONS
Opening to front and top
42 /
1.65
32 /
1.26
8/
0.32
9/
0.35
31 /
1.22
45,7
1.80
121,6 /
4.79
Opening to right and top
35 /
1.38
60 /
2.36
82 /
3.23
75,9 /
2.99
42,6 /
1.68
ø 5,3 /
0.21
7,3 /
0.29
30 /
1.18
5,3 /
0.21
Standard
CONDUIT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
PG 13,5
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
CONTACT
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO
4NC
2NC/2NO, BBM
2NC/2NO, BBM
3NC/1NO, BBM
3NC/1NO, BBM
2NC/NO
4NC, low energy
3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
1NC/1NO, BBM
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC/2NO, BBM
1NC/1NO, BBM
2NC
2NC/2NO, BBM
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO
2NC/NO
4NC, low energy
3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
2NC
Single LED indicator
KEY
90°
Up-down
None
90°
Straight
90°
Straight
90°
Straight
None
None
Straight
90°
None
Straight
90°
90°
90°
Straight
90°
None
None
None
None
None
REFERENCE
GKBA1L7
GKBA1L8-F11*
GKBA1LX
GKBA10L7
GKBA14L6
GKBA14L7
GKBA16L6
GKBA16L7
GKBA2L6
GKBA30LX
GKBA36LX
GKBA3L6
GKBA3L7
GKBA6LX
GKBB14L6
GKBB3L7
GKBB6L7
GKBC14L7
GKBC1L6
GKBC1L7
GKBC1LX
GKBC2LX
GKBC30LX
GKBC36LX
GKBC6LX
Single LED indicator
CONDUIT CONTACT
1/2 NPT 2NC/2NO, BBM
1/2 NPT 1NC/1NO
KEY
Straight
90°
None
None
Straight
Straight
90°
Side-side
None
None
None
None
None
None
REFERENCE
GKCA1L6
GKCA1L7
GKCA1LX
GKCA6LX
GKCA10L6
GKCA14L6
GKCA14L7
GKCA14L9
GKCA30LX
GKCA36LX
GKCC1LX
GKCC6LX
GKCC30LX
GKCC36LX
KEY
90°
REFERENCE
GKDA14L7
Double LED indicator
CONDUIT CONTACT
1/2 NPT 2NC/2NO, BBM
www.honeywell.com/sensing
REFERENCE
GKCA14M6
22 /
0.87
Single LED indicator
CONTACT
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO
2NC
4NC
2NC/2NO, BBM
2NC/2NO, BBM
2NC/2NO, BBM
4NC, low energy
3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
1NC/1NO
2NC
4NC, low energy
3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy
KEY
straight
Opening to left and top
* fluorocarbon seal
CONDUIT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
1/2 NPT
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
84
CONDUIT CONTACT
1/2 NPT 2NC/2NO, BBM
KEY
Straight
90°
REFERENCE
GKCA14P6
GKCA1P7
Double LED indicator
CONDUIT CONTACT
1/2 NPT 2NC/2NO, BBM
KEY
90°
REFERENCE
GKDA14P7
SAFETY SWITCHES
GKL/GKR Series
Dual Entry Solenoid
Key Operated Safety
Interlock Switch
The GKR (head to the right) and GKL (head to the left) products offer the user an unrivalled range of standard
options.
The GKR/GKL product is a key actuated device incorporating a key trapping mechanism. The switch is used
on machinery where instant stop and access to the machinery is either impossible (due to the momentum of
the machine) or impractical (due to tool or machine damage or scrapped product if the current machine
cycle is interrupted).
The switch incorporates an optional manual override feature which allows removal of the key for emergency
access.
Over 1000 options are available in a simple to understand part number tree.
A safety lockout device is also available for use with the GKR/GKL Series. The lockout device (GKZL2) is
specifically designed to prevent a key from being inserted either manually, or by the access door being
closed while maintenance personnel are working on the machine. When inserted, the lockout device can
accommodate up to four padlocks to prevent unauthorised removal of the device.
Mechanical life:
up to 1 million
Sealing:
IP 68, NEMA/UL type 1, 4, 6P, 12,13
Operating temperature:
-25 °C to 40 °C (-13 °F to 104 °F)
Approvals:
CE, CSA, UL
AC15 A300/A600
DC13 Q300
Contacts:
Silver
Low energy
Gold-plated
Switching options:
Snap Action
Type 11NC/1NO Direct Opening
13
14
21
22 Zb
Slow Acting
Type 3
1NC/1NO, Break before make (BBM)
21
Type 14/15
2NC/2NO, Break before make (BBM)
11
12
21
22
22
2Y, 2X
Zb
13
14
33
34
43
44
2 Slow Acting
Type 36
3NC/1NO, Break before make (BBM),low energy
Type 40
4NC
11
12
21
22
21
22
31
32
31
32 4Y
41
42
43
44
11
3Y, 1X
Type 44
2NC/2NO, Break before make (BBM)
11
12
21
22
2Y,2X
33
34
43
44
12
Type 46
3NC/1NO, Break before make (BBM)
11
12
21
22
31
32
43
44
3Y,1X
www.honeywell.com/sensing
85
SAFETY SWITCHES
GKL/GKR Series (continued)
Key:
Type 6
Type 9
Type X
Straight
Side - side, spring loaded
No key
Latching mechanism:
Type A
Mechanical (solenoid unlock with
screwdriver)
Mechanical (without override)
Electrical (solenoid unlock with
screwdriver)
Type B
Type S
OPTIONS
Opening to front and top
9/
0.35
Solenoid voltage:
Type 2
Type 4
24 Vdc
120 Vac
Electrical ratings:
Designation & Utilization
Category
AC15
AC15
AC15
AC14
A600
A300
B300
D300
DC13
DC13
Q300
R300
IEC 60947-5-1/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational current le (A)
at rated operational voltage Ue
120 V 240 V 380 V 480 V 500 V 600 V
6
3
1,9
1,5
1,4
1,2
6
3
3
1.5
0,6
0,3
125 V 250 V
0,55
0,27
0,22
0,1
VA
rating
Make
Break
7200
720
7200
720
3600
360
432
72
69
28
69
28
Left
1/2 in - NPT buna-n seals
CONTACT
TYPE
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
40 (4NC)
46 (3NC, BBM)
KEY
None
None
None
LATCHING
TYPE
A
A
A
SOLENOID
VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
REFERENCE
SOLENOID
VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
REFERENCE
GKLE3LXA2
GKLE40LXA2
GKLE46LXA2
Right
1/2 in - NPT buna-n seals
32,5 /
1.28
19 /
0.75
33 /
1.30
CONTACT
TYPE
40 (4NC)
46 (3NC, BBM)
31 /
1.22
43,7 / 2 x 7,3 /
1.72
0.29
2 x ø 5,3 /
0.21
75 /
2.95
2 x 5,3 /
0.21
100 /
3.94
105,3 /
4.13
110 /
4.33
20 /
0.79
86
43 /
1.69
48,8 /
1.92
65 /
2.56 100 /
3.94
110 /
4.33
www.honeywell.com/sensing
KEY
None
None
LATCHING
TYPE
A
A
GKRE40LXA2
GKRE46LXA2
SAFETY SWITCHES
Opening to left and top
Opening to right and top
26 /
1.02
12 /
0.47
Left
1/2 in - NPT buna-n seals
Right
1/2 in - NPT buna-n seals
CONTACT
TYPE
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
KEY
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
LATCHING
TYPE
A
A
S
S
A
A
S
SOLENOID
VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
LATCHING
TYPE
A
A
S
S
A
A
A
S
S
SOLENOID
VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
REFERENCE
GKRE3MXA2
GKRE3MXA4
GKRE3MXS2
GKRE3MXS4
GKRE36MXA2
GKRE36MXA4
GKRE36MXS2
20 mm - buna-n seals
CONTACT
TYPE
1 (1NC/1NO)
1 (1NC/1NO)
1 (1NC/1NO)
1 (1NC/1NO)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
KEY
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
CONTACT
TYPE
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
KEY
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
LATCHING
TYPE
A
A
S
S
A
A
S
S
SOLENOID
VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
LATCHING
TYPE
A
A
S
S
S
A
A
S
S
B
SOLENOID
VOLTAGE
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
REFERENCE
GKLE3PXA2
GKLE3PXA4
GKLE3PXS2
GKLE3PXS4
GKLE36PXA2
GKLE36PXA4
GKLE36PXS2
GKLE36PXS4
20 mm - buna-n seals
REFERENCE
GKRG1MXA2
GKRG1MXA4
GKRG1MXS2
GKRG1MXS4
GKRG3MXA2
GKRG36MXA2
GKRG36MXA4
GKRG36MXS2
GKRG36MXS4
CONTACT
TYPE
1 (1NC/1NO)
1 (1NC/1NO)
1 (1NC/1NO)
1 (1NC/1NO)
3 (1NC/1NO, BBM)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
36 (3NC/1NO, BBM, low energy)
44 (2NC/2NO, BBM)
www.honeywell.com/sensing
KEY
Non
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
REFERENCE
GKLG1PXA2
GKLG1PXA4
GKLG1PXS2
GKLG1PXS4
GKLG3PXS2
GKLG36PXA2
GKLG36PXA4
GKLG36PXS2
GKLG36PXS4
GKLG44PXB2
87
SAFETY SWITCHES
Keys for GK and
GKL/GKR switches
Straight key
49,8 /
1.96
8,5 /
0.33
Locking slider bolt
with actuating key
77 /
3.03
20 /
0.79
2x ø 5,3 /
0.21
14 /
0.55
15 /
0.59
3x HOLE PROVIDED
FOR LOCKOUT
19,0 /
.75
3/
0.12
REFERENCE
GKZ56
90° key
8,5 /
0.33
14 /
0.55
49,8 /
1.96
2 x ø 5,3 /
0.21
40 /
1.57
52 /
2.05
7,0 ±,7 /
.28 ±.03
REFERENCE
GKZ57
4x ø 5,1 /
.20
4,93 /
.194
26,97 / 36,8 /
1.062 1.45
14,0 /
.55
41,81 ±,76 /
1.646 ±.030
Spring-loaded key: up/down
115,87 /
4.562
140,0 ±,7 /
5.51 ±.03
12,04 /
.474
13,5 /
0.53
18,5 /
0.73
17,8 /
0.70
37,10 ±1,52 /
1.460 ±.060 26,77 ±1,52 /
1.054 ±.060
8,5 /
0.33
0°key rotation
REFERENCE
GKZ71
180° key rotation
REFERENCE
GKZ73
90° key rotation
REFERENCE
GKZ72
270° key rotation
REFERENCE
GKZ74
2 X ø 5,3 /
0.21
84,9 /
3.34
40 /
30 /
1.57
1.18
14 /
0.55
REFERENCE
GKZ58
Spring-loaded key: left/right
8,5 /
0.33
84,9 /
3.34
2 X ø 5,3 /
14 /
0.55
0.21
20,5 /
0.81
18,5 /
0.73
13,5 /
0.53
30 /
1.18
40 /
1.57
REFERENCE
GKZ59
88
www.honeywell.com/sensing
SAFETY SWITCHES
CPS Series
Cable Pull Safety
Switch
CPS Series Cable Pull Safety Switches provide a readily accessible emergency stop signal. This is a costeffective means compared to using multiple emergency stop push-buttons. (Cable Pull Safety Switches are
not, however, to be used as a means of personnel safeguarding. They may be used to prevent further injury
or damage to equipment when used for emergency stop signaling.)
The CPS Series Cable Pull Safety switch is designed to provide emergency stop protection for exposed
conveyor and assembly lines. The internal mechanism latches on both slackened cable (push) and pulled
cable. This capability also enhances productivity by eliminating nuisance stops due to variations in temperature,
stretch of cable over time, and other application variables.
The 1CPS is intended for use in applications where the cable span is 76 m (250 ft) or shorter. It is an
economical solution for shorter runs or zone protection typical to automated systems. The 2CPS series is
intended for use in very long cable runs of 152 m (500 ft) or shorter, such as long conveyor lines found in
warehouses.
The CPS complies with: Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, as amended by directive 93/68/EEC; Machinery
Directive 98/37/EEC only as the directives relate to the components being used in a safety function; IEC/EN
60947-1; IEC/EN 60947-5-1; IEC/EN 60947-5-5.
Mechanical life:
1 000 000
Sealing:
IP67, NEMA 1, 4, 12,13
Operating temperature:
1CPS
-25 °C to 80 °C (-13 °F to 176 °F)
2CPS
-40 °C to 80 °C (-40 °F to 176 °F)
Approvals:
AC15 A300
DC13 Q300
1CPS
UL, CSA
2CPS
UL, CSA, BG
Contacts:
1CPS
Silver
1CPS, Low energy
Gold plated
2CPS
Gold plate over silver
Switching options:
1CPS
2CPS
1NC/1NO
21
22
13
14
N/A
2NC/2NO
21
22
21
22
21
22
21
22
13
14
13
14
13
14
13
14
21
22
11
12
21
22
11
12
13
14
21
22
13
14
21
22
11
12
11
12
11
12
11
12
21
22
21
22
21
22
21
22
3NC/1NO
4NC
2CPS contact block mounting:
1
2
1
To housing
Removable with heavy duty terminals
2
I
I
1CPS indicator Light Code:
2CPS indicator Light Code:
No letter
A
B
No letter
A
B
www.honeywell.com/sensing
No indicator provided
24 Vdc red LED
120 Vac red LED
No indicator provided
24 Vdc red multi-cluster LED
120 Vac red multi-cluster LED
89
SAFETY SWITCHES
CPS Series (continued)
1CPS
6,35
[0.25]
B
152,4
[6.0]
81,28
[3.2]
1CPS
Cable Pull
Switch
SLACK
88,9
[3.5]
TENSIONED
33,02
[1.3]
RUN
RESET
OFF
99,06
[3.9]
172,72
[6.8]
76,2
[3.0]
4X Ø 7,11
Ø 0.28
50,8
[2.1]
12,7
[0.5]
117,42
[4.623]
A
65,20
[2.567]
56,79
[2.236] 50,83
[2.001]
3X 25,4
[1.0]
2X 26,67
[1.050]
A
B
C
D
25,4
[1.00]
C
25,4
[1.00]
D
Fully extended
Optional indicator
Conduit thread (3 total)
Mounting pad (4 total)
OPTIONS
Cable maintained
1/2 in NPT
CONTACT
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
4NC
1NC/1NO, low energy
2NC/2NO, low energy
2NC/2NO, low energy
2NC/2NO, low energy
3NC/1NO, low energy
4NC, low energy
90
20 mm
INDICATOR
None
24 V
120 V
None
24 V
120 V
None
24 V
120 V
None
None
None
24 V
120 V
None
None
REFERENCE
1CPSA1
1CPSA1A
1CPSA1B
1CPSA2
1CPSA2A
1CPSA2B
1CPSA3
1CPSA3A
1CPSA3B
1CPSA4
1CPSA5
1CPSA6
1CPSA6A
1CPSA6B
1CPSA7
1CPSA8
CONTACT
1NC/1NO
1NC/1NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
4NC
1NC/1NO, low energy
2NC/2NO, low energy
2NC/2NO, low energy
3NC/1NO, low energy
4NC, low energy
www.honeywell.com/sensing
INDICATOR
None
24 V
None
24 V
120 V
None
24 V
None
None
None
24 V
None
None
REFERENCE
1CPSC1
1CPSC1A
1CPSC2
1CPSC2A
1CPSC2B
1CPSC3
1CPSC3A
1CPSC4
1CPSC5
1CPSC6
1CPSC6A
1CPSC7
1CPSC8
SAFETY SWITCHES
2CPS
40,4
(1.60)
67,8
(2.63)
79,8
(3.14)
92,9
(3.66)
325,9 A
(12.75)
152,4
(6.00)
52,1
(2.05)
12,7
(0.50)
18,3
(0.72)
SLACK
RUN
OFF
TENSIONED
34,9
(1.38)
SLACK
TENSIONED
21,1
(0.75)
152,4
(6.00)
2X D
2X
2X
8,9
(0.35)
81,3
(3.20)
40,5
(1.60)
6,9
(0.27)
104,8
(4.13)
2X C
B
6,4
(0.25)
2X 31,75
(1.25)
57,2
(2.25)
12,7
(0.50)
2X D
C
2X 6,9
(0.27)
3X 21,5
(0.85)
139,7
(5.50)
OFF
Cable maintained both sides
1/2 in NPT
CONTACT
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
CONTACT BLOCK
MOUNTING
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
INDICATOR
REFERENCE
CONTACT
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
2CPSA1A1
2CPSA1A1A
2CPSA1A1B
2CPSA1B1
2CPSA1B1A
2CPSA1B1B
2CPSA2A1
2CPSA2A1A
2CPSA2A1B
2CPSA2B1
2CPSA2B1A
2CPSA2B1B
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
4NC
Fully extended
Optional indicator
C
Conduit thread (3 total)
D
Mounting pad (4 total)
INDICATOR
REFERENCE
None
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
2CPSC1A1
2CPSC1A1A
2CPSC1D1A
CONTACT BLOCK
MOUNTING
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
INDICATOR
REFERENCE
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
2CPSA1A2
2CPSA1A2A
2CPSA1A2B
2CPSA1B2
2CPSA1B2A
2CPSA1B2B
2CPSA2A2
2CPSA2A2A
2CPSA2A2B
INDICATOR
REFERENCE
None
24 Vdc
2CPSC1A2
2CPSC1A2A
20 mm
CONTACT
CONTACT BLOCK
MOUNTING
1
1
1
A
B
No actuation right side, cable maintained left side
1/2 in NPT
20 mm
CONTACT
SLACK
RUN
TENSIONED
SLACK
TENSIONED
244,6 A
(9.63)
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
CONTACT BLOCK
MOUNTING
1
1
No actuation left side, cable maintained right side
1/2 in NPT
CONTACT
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
3NC/1NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
CONTACT BLOCK
MOUNTING
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
INDICATOR
REFERENCE
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
None
24 Vdc
120 Vac
2CPSA1A3
2CPSA1A3A
2CPSA1A3B
2CPSA1B3
2CPSA1B3A
2CPSA1B3B
2CPSA2A3
2CPSA2A3A
2CPSA2A3B
INDICATOR
REFERENCE
None
24 Vdc
2CPSC1A3
2CPSC1A3A
20 mm
CONTACT
2NC/2NO
2NC/2NO
CONTACT BLOCK
MOUNTING
1
1
www.honeywell.com/sensing
91
Blank page
92
www.honeywell.com/sensing
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Linear and Rotary Position
Position sensors respond to the movement or location of a target, such as a
molding press slide or a pulley shaft, by producing either a digital or an
analogue output correlated to its location. Honeywell position sensors include
digital and analogue Hall-effect position sensors, magnetoresistive digital
sensors and potentiometric rotary and linear sensors. Sensors are directly
compatible with other electronic circuits for application flexibility.
With the combined capabilities of three well-known brand names - Data
Instruments, Clarostat, Electro and New England Instruments - Honeywell the
group continuously strives to remain at the forefront of position sensing
technology. In this catalogue we present our range of Linear and Rotary
Position transducers and Torque Watch gauges, all suitable for use in
industrial environments.
www.honeywell.com/sensing
93
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Linear and
Rotary
Position
Transducers
Honeywell Sensing and Control manufactures a variety of potentiometric position sensors. The sensors use a tried and
true potentiometric technology originally developed for military applications and more recently applied to industrial
markets. MystR® conductive plastic potentiometric sensors are long-life units designed for rugged industrial
applications. The proprietary MystR® conductive plastic has an extensive temperature range, infinite resolution and
provides absolute position measurement on power-up. Intermediate signal conditioning is not required for normal
ratio-metric position sensing. Very small stroke units (5 mm [0.2 in]) and units required to withstand exposure to
harsh chemicals or work immersed in many different oils are available. If there is heavy hose down or spray from oil or
water, a water resistant or waterproof potentiometer such as the AQ series should be used.
Linear products have CE approval, Intrinsically Safe For Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G With Entity.
Vmax: 30 Vdc, Imax: 100 mA, Ci: 0.0 micro F, Li: 0.0 mH, T4A @ 105 °C Ambient.
Mechanical life:
Approvals:
Housing:
Element:
Shaft:
Wiper current:
Resolution:
LFII Series
Longfellow II linear position transducer
1 billion dither operations
CE, NEMA 4 - water resistant
Anodized aluminium
MystR® conductive plastic film
Stainless steel
< 1 uA
Infinite
1/4" - 28 NF-2A Thread
7/16" across flats, typ.
A
A
1.36
(34,5)
1.88
(47,8)
"Y"
"X"
0.75 ±0.01
(19,00 ±0,20)
'X' = Electrical travel + 3.19 in (81,0 mm)
'Y' = Electrical travel - 1.0 in (25,4 mm)
0.50
(12,70)
1.25
(31,80)
0.25
(6,40)
0.62
(15,90)
1.25
(31,80) 0.62
(15,90)
The new Longfellow II incorporates design innovations to increase transducer
life and provide greater resistance to vibration, while providing a smooth highquality signal for demanding factory control applications. It has a solid
stainless steel shaft, longer front-end bearings, a vibration-free damped
element, a spring-loaded ball joint and a high precision precious metal wiper.
Carrier guides are extruded the full length of the housing to ensure smooth
operation even under severe side load conditions.
0.125
(3,175)
-65 °C to 105 °C (-85 °F to 221 °F)
30 Vdc
± 0.1 %
0.84
(21,30)
1.00
(25,40)
2.00
(50,80)
0.156 x 0.312 Slot, typ.
(3,962 x 7,925)
Mounting Feet (2)
VIEW A-A
3
Mounting feet show above are for
standard LFII models only. Mounting
feet are not included with water
resistant LFII models. Water resistant
LFII models are shipped with brackets.
Shaft
extended
2
The newly designed internal components provide improvements based on
worldwide testing and field experience.
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Linearity:
Starting force (max.):
Standard
Water resistant
Backlash (max.):
Total Resistance:
Shaft Ø:
Termination:
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
1.68
(42,70)
1
SCHEMATIC
OPTIONS
Standard
Mating connector, 3718401, sold separately
0,45 kg (1.0 lb)
2,27 kg (5.0 lb)
0,025 mm (0.001 in)
5000 Ohm
1/4 in
Connector, Binder Series 681
= Electrical travel + 3.19 in (81,02 mm)
= Electrical travel + 0.09 in (2,29 mm)
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL (IN (MM))
6.0 (152,4)
9.0 (228,6)
12.0 (304,8)
14.0 (355,6)
18.0 (457,2)
24.0 (609,6)
30.0 (762,0)
36.0 (914,4)
48.0 (1219,2)
REFERENCE
LF2S06N5KB6A
LF2S09N5KB6A
LF2S12N5KB6A
LF2S14N5KB6A
LF2S18N5KB6A
LF2S24N5KB6A
LF2S30N5KB6A
LF2S36N5KB6A
LF2S48N5KB6A
Water resistant
Mating connector, E02903021, sold separately
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL (IN (MM))
6.0 (152,4)
9.0 (228,6)
12.0 (304,8)
14.0 (355,6)
18.0 (457,2)
24.0 (609,6)
30.0 (762,0)
36.0 (914,4)
48.0 (1219,2)
94
www.honeywell.com/sensing
REFERENCE
LF2W06N5KB6A
LF2W09N5KB6A
LF2W12N5KB6A
LF2W14N5KB6A
LF2W18N5KB6A
LF2W24N5KB6A
LF2W30N5KB6A
LF2W36N5KB6A
LF2W48N5KB6A
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
LFII Metric Series
Longfellow II linear position transducer
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Linearity:
Starting force (max.):
Standard
Water resistant
Backlash (max.):
Total Resistance:
Shaft Ø:
Termination:
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
Dimensions in mm (inches)
19,00
(0.25)
-65 °C to 105 °C (-85 °F to 221 °F)
30 Vdc
± 0.1 %
0,45 kg (1.0 lb)
2,27 kg (5.0 lb)
0,025 mm (0.001 in)
5000 Ohm
1/4 in
Connector
A = Binder Series 681
G = DIN 43650
= Electrical travel + 91,0 mm (3.6 in)
= Electrical travel + 2,2 mm (0.09 in)
OPTIONS
M6X1
34,5
(1.36)
Standard - Binder
Mating connector, 3718401, sold separately
11,11 (0.48)
Across flats
50,8 (2.0)
42,7 (1.68)
47,8
(1.88)
21,3
(0.84)
'Y'
4,1
(0.16)
12,7
(0.50)
6,4
(0.25)
3,962 x 7,925 Slot
(0.156 x 0.312)
Mounting Feet (2)
Mounting feet show above are for
standard LFII models only. Mounting
feet are not included with water
resistant LFII models. Water resistant
LFII models are shipped with brackets.
'X'
'X' = Electrical travel + 91 mm (3.6 in)
'Y' = Electrical travel - 25 mm (1.0 in)
(EXCEPT for LFII 229:
'Y' = Electrical travel - 29 mm (1.14 in)
Shaft
3 extended
2
3
1
REFERENCE
LF2S0152M5KB8A
LF2S0229M5KB8A
LF2S0305M5KB8A
LF2S0355M5KB8A
LF2S0457M5KB8A
LF2S0610M5KB8A
LF2S0762M5KB8A
LF2S0914M5KB8A
LF2S1219M5KB8A
Standard - DIN 43650
Mating connector included
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL (MM (IN))
152,4 (6.0)
228,6 (9.0)
304,8 (12.0)
355,6 (14.0)
457,2 (18.0)
609,6 (24.0)
762,0 (30.0)
914,4 (36.0)
1219,2 (48.0)
REFERENCE
LF2S0152M5KB8G
LF2S0229M5KB8G
LF2S0305M5KB8G
LF2S0355M5KB8G
LF2S0457M5KB8G
LF2S0610M5KB8G
LF2S0762M5KB8G
LF2S0914M5KB8G
LF2S1219M5KB8G
Water resistant - Binder
Mating connector, E02903021, sold separately
31,8
(1.25)
0,62
(0.02)
50,8
(2.00)
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL (MM (IN))
152,4 (6.0)
228,6 (9.0)
304,8 (12.0)
355,6 (14.0)
457,2 (18.0)
609,6 (24.0)
762,0 (30.0)
914,4 (36.0)
1219,2 (48.0)
25,4
(1.00)
3,18
(0.125)
31,8
(1.25)
0,62
(0.02)
2
1 Connector
end
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL (MM (IN))
152,4 (6.0)
228,6 (9.0)
304,8 (12.0)
355,6 (14.0)
457,2 (18.0)
609,6 (24.0)
762,0 (30.0)
914,4 (36.0)
1219,2 (48.0)
REFERENCE
LF2W0152M5KB8A
LF2W0229M5KB8A
LF2W0305M5KB8A
LF2W0355M5KB8A
LF2W0457M5KB8A
LF2W0610M5KB8A
LF2W0762M5KB8A
LF2W0914M5KB8A
LF2W1219M5KB8A
Water resistant - DIN 43650
Mating connector included
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL (MM (IN))
152,4 (6.0)
228,6 (9.0)
304,8 (12.0)
355,6 (14.0)
457,2 (18.0)
609,6 (24.0)
762,0 (30.0)
914,4 (36.0)
1219,2 (48.0)
www.honeywell.com/sensing
REFERENCE
LF2W0152M5KB8G
LF2W0229M5KB8G
LF2W0305M5KB8G
LF2W0355M5KB8G
LF2W0457M5KB8G
LF2W0610M5KB8G
LF2W0762M5KB8G
LF2W0914M5KB8G
LF2W1219M5KB8G
95
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
DR Series
Durastar rodless linear position transducer
2
3
.65 1.30
[16] [33]
1
The DuraStar rodless linear position transducer is the longest lasting factoryrugged potentiometer. It allows large misalignment of shaft and housing, while
providing whisper-quiet operation and smooth, clean signal output. MystR®
provides the DuraStar excellent durability, especially in dither operation which
is so often the determining factor in a potentiometer’s life. It is an excellent
replacement unit to reduce maintenance operations.
The rodless side-sealed DuraStar can also be used to replace a rodded
potentiometer in contaminated applications to improve performance while
providing long life.
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Linearity:
Starting force (max.):
Backlash (max.):
Shaft:
Termination:
Mechanical travel:
-65 °C to 105 °C (-85 °F to 221 °F)
75 Vdc
± 0.1 %
0,45 kg (1.0 lb)
0,025 mm (0.001 in)
M5x0.8 metric thread
Connector, DIN 43560
= Electrical travel + 5,0 mm (0.2 in)
0.39 [10]
1.025
[26]
.60
[15]
M5 x 20
Thread
"L"
3.56
[90,4]
Mating connector included
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
(MM (IN))
101,6 (4.0)
127,0 (5.0)
152,4 (6.0)
203,2 (8.0)
228,6 (9.0)
304,8 (12.0)
355,6 (14.0)
406,4 (16.0)
457,2 (19.0)
508,0 (20.0)
609,6 (24.0)
762,0 (30.0)
914,4 (36.0)
1016,0 (40.0)
1270,0 (50.0)
TOTAL RESISTANCE
(OHM)
2000
2000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
10000
10000
10000
10000
10000
HOUSING LENGTH
(MM (IN))
250,0 (9.84 )
280,0 (11.02)
300,0 (11.81)
352,0 (13.86)
375,9 (14.80)
452,1 (17.80)
514,1 (20.24)
553,9 (21.8)
605,0 (23.8)
656,0 (25.83)
757,9 (29.84)
910,0 (35.83)
1062,5 (41.83)
1164,0 (45.83)
1418,0 (55.83)
REFERENCE
DR04N02KB7G
DR05N02KB7G
DR06N05KB7G
DR08N05KB7G
DR09N05KB7G
DR12N05KB7G
DR14N05KB7G
DR16N05KB7G
DR18N05KB7G
DR20N05KB7G
DR24N10KB7G
DR30N10KB7G
DR36N10KB7G
DR40N10KB7G
DR50N10KB7G
.87
[22]
0.44 [11,2]
1.30
[33]
1.50
[38]
2.68 1.97
[68] [50]
.75
[19]
1.46 [37,0]
2.05 [52,07]
2.33 [59,27]
96
www.honeywell.com/sensing
M5 X 0.8
Thread
3
1
2
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Pin 1 is at the connector end
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
SLF Series
Short Longfellow linear position transducer
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Starting force (max.):
Standard
Water resistant
Backlash (max.):
Shaft Ø:
Termination:
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
The Short Longfellow is frequently used for measuring linear position or
displacement up to 6 inches (152,4 mm) on a wide variety of manufacturing
and process equipment. The mechanical design of the unit’s front bearing,
anodized extruded aluminum housing, stainless steel shaft and precious metal
wipers are suitable for a factory’s harsh environment.
Based on the proprietary MystR® conductive plastic film, it provides a high
resolution, absolute position measurement without external signal
conditioners.
SLF01 or SLW01
SLF02 or SLW02
SLF03 or SLW03
SLF04 or SLW04
SLF06 or SLW06
-65 °C to 105 °C (-85 °F to 221 °F)
40 Vdc
0,45 kg (1.0 lb)
2,27 kg (5.0 lb)
0,025 mm (0.001 in)
1/4 in
Connector, Binder Series 681
= Electrical travel + 3.05 in (77,5 mm)
= Electrical travel + 0.2 in (5,1 mm)
Electrical Travel
(in (mm))
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
6.0 (152,4)
Total Resistance
(Ohm)
1500
3000
4500
6000
9000
OPTIONS
1
5
0.45
(11.4)
0.90
(22.9)
Standard
Mating connector, 3718401, sold separately
± 0.1 % Linearity
0.06
(1.5)
0.45
(11.4)
0.154 (3.91)
(2 holes per bracket)
0.90
(22.8)
1.75
(44.5)
0.88
(22.4)
Movable
mounting
brackets
0.19
(4.8)
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
6.0 (152,4)
REFERENCE
SLF01N1500B6A
SLF02N3000B6A
SLF03N4500B6A
SLF04N6000B6A
SLF06N9000B6A
± 1.0 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
6.0 (152,4)
0.38
(9.6)
0.68
(17.2)
REFERENCE
SLF01N1500F6A
SLF02N3000F6A
SLF03N4500F6A
SLF04N6000F6A
SLF06N9000F6A
X
1.35
(34.4)
Water resistant
MOUNTING BRACKETS
Mating connector, E02903021, sold separately
7/16 in.
(6.6)
across
flats
1/4 in.
(6.3)
across
flats
± 0.1 % Linearity
3 Shaft
Extended
1
1.36
(34.5)
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
6.0 (152,4)
REFERENCE
SLW01N1500B6A
SLW02N3000B6A
SLW03N4500B6A
SLW04N6000B6A
SLW06N9000B6A
2
2000 ohm
current limiting resistor
1/4-28 NF-2A thread
0.45
(11.4)
± 1.0 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
6.0 (152,4)
www.honeywell.com/sensing
REFERENCE
SLW01N1500F6A
SLW02N3000F6A
SLW03N4500F6A
SLW04N6000F6A
SLW06N9000F6A
97
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
SLF Metric Series
Short Longfellow linear position transducer
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Starting force (max.):
Standard
Water resistant
Backlash (max.):
Shaft Ø:
Termination:
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
1
5
11.4
22.9
1.5
11.4
3 Shaft
Extended
1
3.91
(2 holes
per bracket)
0,45 kg (1.0 lb)
2,27 kg (5.0 lb)
0,025 mm (0.001 in)
M6x1 metric thread
Connector, Binder Series 681
= Electrical travel + 77,5 mm (3.05 in)
= Electrical travel + 5,1 mm (0.2 in)
Electrical Travel
(in (mm))
25,4 (1.0)
50,8 (2.0)
76,2 (3.0)
101,6 (4.0)
152,4 (6.0)
Total Resistance
(Ohm)
1500
3000
4500
6000
9000
OPTIONS
Standard
22.9
Mating connector, 3718401, sold separately
± 0.1 % Linearity
2
2000 ohm
current limiting resistor
SLF025R4 or SLW025R4
SLF050R8 or SLW050R8
SLF076R2 or SLW076R2
SLF101R6 or SLW101R6
SLF152R4 or SLW152R4
-65 °C to 105 °C (-85 °F to 221 °F)
40 Vdc
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
25,4 (1.0)
50,8 (2.0)
76,2 (3.0)
101,6 (4.0)
152,4 (6.0)
Movable
mounting
brackets
REFERENCE
SLF025R4M1500B8A
SLF050R8M3000B8A
SLF076R2M4500B8A
SLF101R6M6000B8A
SLF152R4M9000B8A
44.5
± 1.0 % Linearity
22.2
4.8 9.7
X
6.6
6.3
across across
flats
flats
17.1
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
25,4 (1.0)
50,8 (2.0)
76,2 (3.0)
101,6 (4.0)
152,4 (6.0)
REFERENCE
SLF025R4M1500F8A
SLF050R8M3000F8A
SLF076R2M4500F8A
SLF101R6M6000F8A
SLF152R4M9000F8A
Water resistant
34.3
Mating connector, E02903021, sold separately
± 0.1 % Linearity
MOUNTING BRACKETS
34.5
M6 x 1
metric
thread
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
25,4 (1.0)
50,8 (2.0)
76,2 (3.0)
101,6 (4.0)
152,4 (6.0)
REFERENCE
SLW025R4M1500B8A
SLW050R8M3000B8A
SLW076R2M4500B8A
SLW101R6M6000B8A
SLW152R4M9000B8A
11.4
± 1.0 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
25,4 (1.0)
50,8 (2.0)
76,2 (3.0)
101,6 (4.0)
152,4 (6.0)
98
www.honeywell.com/sensing
REFERENCE
SLW025R4M1500F8A
SLW050R8M3000F8A
SLW076R2M4500F8A
SLW101R6M6000F8A
SLW152R4M9000F8A
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
LT Series
Linear position transducer, 1/2 in diameter
OPTIONS
Standard
± 0.1 % Linearity
The LT Series are ½ inch diameter, linear position transducers rugged enough
to withstand the hostile environment of the factory. The LT can be provided
with shaft seals for spray or hose down environments.
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Starting force (max.):
Standard
Water resistant
Backlash (max.):
Shaft Ø:
Termination:
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
LTS01 or LTW01
LTS02 or LTW02
LTS03 or LTW03
LTS04 or LTW04
LTS05 or LTW05
LTS06 or LTW06
LTS07 or LTW07
LTS08 or LTW08
LTS09 or LTW09
LTS10 or LTW10
# 28 Jacketed cable
6.0 (152,4) long min.
-40 °C to 80 °C (-40 °F to 176 °F)
30 Vdc
28,35 g (1.0 oz)
340,19 g (12.0 oz)
0,00508 mm (0.0002 in)
1/8 in
Cable
= Electrical travel + 1.50 in (38,10 mm)
= Electrical travel + 0.05 in (1,27 mm)
Electrical Travel
(in (mm))
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
7.0 (177,8)
8.0 (203,2)
9.0 (228,6)
10.0 (254,0)
Total Resistance
(Ohm)
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
Housing length 'X'
(Electrical Travel +1.50 (38,1))
1" [25,4]
(Retracted)
1/8"
[3.17]
1/2"
[12.7]
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
7.0 (177,8)
8.0 (203,2)
9.0 (228,6)
10.0 (254,0)
REFERENCE
LTS01N01KB5C
LTS02N02KB5C
LTS03N03KB5C
LTS04N04KB5C
LTS05N05KB5C
LTS06N06KB5C
LTS07N07KB5C
LTS08N08KB5C
LTS09N09KB5C
LTS10N10KB5C
± 1.0 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
7.0 (177,8)
8.0 (203,2)
9.0 (228,6)
10.0 (254,0)
REFERENCE
LTS01N01KF5C
LTS02N02KF5C
LTS03N03KF5C
LTS04N04KF5C
LTS05N05KF5C
LTS06N06KF5C
LTS07N07KF5C
LTS08N08KF5C
LTS09N09KF5C
LTS10N10KF5C
Water resistant
± 0.1 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
7.0 (177,8)
8.0 (203,2)
9.0 (228,6)
10.0 (254,0)
REFERENCE
LTW01N01KB5C
LTW02N02KB5C
LTW03N03KB5C
LTW04N04KB5C
LTW05N05KB5C
LTW06N06KB5C
LTW07N07KB5C
LTW08N08KB5C
LTW09N09KB5C
LTW10N10KB5C
± 1.0 % Linearity
#4-40UNC-2A
Thd x .50 (12.7) Long
(Black)
Ground
(Red)
V-in
Shaft
Extended
(Brown)
V-out
Connect to High Impedance Circuit
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
7.0 (177,8)
8.0 (203,2)
9.0 (228,6)
10.0 (254,0)
www.honeywell.com/sensing
REFERENCE
LTW01N01KF5C
LTW02N02KF5C
LTW03N03KF5C
LTW04N04KF5C
LTW05N05KF5C
LTW06N06KF5C
LTW07N07KF5C
LTW08N08KF5C
LTW09N09KF5C
LTW10N10KF5C
99
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
MLT Series
Linear position transducer, 3/8 in Diameter
Housing length 'X'
(Electrical Travel +1.2 [30,48])
3/4"
[19,05]
(Retracted)
#4-40 UNC-2A
Thdx .50 [12,7] long
3/8"
[9,53]
The MLT Series is 3/8 in diameter linear position transducer that is rugged
enough to withstand hostile factory environments. Using a proprietary dual
wiper, internal ball joint and the MystR® conductive plastic film the MLT
provides a usable output at high vibration levels over long periods of time.
MLT transducers use precious metal wipers to further enhance reliability.
The MLT’s 3/8 inch diameter is among the smallest available and can used to
replace LVDT’s in many applications.
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Starting force (max.):
Backlash (max.):
Shaft Ø:
Termination:
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
MLT0R5
MLT001
MLT002
MLT003
MLT004
MLT005
MLT006
-40 °C to 80 °C (-40 °F to 176 °F)
30 Vdc
28,35 g (1.0 oz)
0,0127 mm (0.0005 in)
1/8 in
Cable
= Electrical travel + 1.20 in (30,48 mm)
= Electrical travel + 0.05 in (1,27 mm)
Electrical Travel
(in (mm))
0.5 (12,7)
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
Total Resistance
(Ohm)
750
1500
3000
4500
6000
7500
9000
(Orange)
V-out
(Red)
V-in
Shaft
Extended
Connect to High Impedance Circuit
OPTIONS
± 0.1 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
REFERENCE
MLT002N3000B5C
MLT003N4500B5C
MLT004N6000B5C
MLT005N7500B5C
MLT006N9000B5C
± 0.25 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
1.0 (25,4)
REFERENCE
MLT001N1500D5C
± 1.0 % Linearity
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
0.5 (12,7)
1.0 (25,4)
2.0 (50,8)
3.0 (76,2)
4.0 (101,6)
5.0 (127,0)
6.0 (152,4)
100
1/8"
[3,18]
3/16 x .063
3 - conductor cable
[4,75 x 1,6]
#26 AWG [65/44] 12.0 [306] long min.
(color coded per schematic)
(Black)
Ground
www.honeywell.com/sensing
REFERENCE
MLT0R5N0750F5C
MLT001N1500F5C
MLT002N3000F5C
MLT003N4500F5C
MLT004N6000F5C
MLT005N7500F5C
MLT006N9000F5C
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
AQLT/AQMLT Series
Shaftless, waterproof linear position
transducer
The AQLT and AQMLT are shaftless waterproof linear potentiometers designed
to operate in wet/washdown and in-tank environments.
The AQ series features an external actuator magnetically coupled to a position
feedback element. The magnetic actuator replaces the shaft, found in
traditional linear transducers, and eliminates the need for additional stroke
length mounting space.
Precious metal dual wipers, MystR® proprietary conductive plastic, and
anodized aluminum housings provide long life and reliable operation in
numerous applications.
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Linearity:
Starting force (max.):
-40 °C to 80 °C (-40 °F to 176 °F)
30 Vdc
± 1.0 %
AQMT
56,7 g (2.0 oz)
AQMLT 28,35 g (1.0 oz)
IP68
Cable
Sealing:
Termination:
AQLT Series
AQMLT Series
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
= Electrical travel + 54,87 mm (2.16 in)
= Electrical travel + 2,54 mm (0.1 in)
Housing length:
Mechanical travel:
= Electrical travel + 38,1 mm (1.5 in)
= Electrical travel + 2,54 mm (0.1 in)
Dimensions are in inches (mm)
AREA AVAILABLE FOR CLAMPING
WITHOUT RESTRICTING ELECTRICAL OR
MECHANICAL TRAVEL
0.20
0.52
(5,1)
(13,2)
AREA AVAILABLE FOR CLAMPING
WITHOUT RESTRICTING ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
0.76
(19,30)
0.20
(5,08)
Ø 0.375
(9,5)
Ø 0.50
(12,7)
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL PLUS 1.5 (38,1) MAX
3 WIRE JACKETED CABLE, Ø 0.14 (3,57)
#28 AWG CONDUCTOR
10 FEET LONG (3,05 M)
COLOR CODED PER SCHEMATIC
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
PLUS 2.16" (54,86)
3 WIRE JACKETED CABLE (9/64 Ø)
#28 AWG CONDUCTOR
10 FEET LONG
COLOR CODED PER SCHEMATIC
Cable End
Black
RED
BLACK
Red
Wiper
Brown
Schematic
CABLE END
BROWN
Ø 1.125
(28,58)
Ø 0.516
(13,11)
Ø 0.156
(3,96)
0.25
(6,35)
Dimensions in inches (mm)
Ø 1.25
(31,75)
Ø 0.156
(3,96)
0.024 (0,61)
OFF CENTER
Ø 0.388
(9,78)
0.250
(6,35)
0.125
(3,18)
0.024
(0,60)
OFF CENTER
0.50
(12,70)
1.000
(25,40)
1.125 ±0.010
(28,575 ±0,25)
120˚
120˚
120˚
120˚
Ø 0.813
(20,65)
BOLT CIRCLE
1.00 ±0.010
(25,4 ±0,25)
0.500
(12,70)
Ø 0.690
(17,53)
BOLT CIRCLE
#4-40 UNC THD
4 PLACES
#4-40 UNC THD
6 PLACES
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
(MM (IN))
152,4 (6.0)
304,8 (12.0)
457,2 (18.0)
609,6 (24.0)
762,0 (30.0)
965,2 (38.0)
TOTAL RESISTANCE
(OHM)
6000
12000
18000
24000
30000
38000
REFERENCE
AQLT06N06KFC
AQLT12N12KFC
AQLT18N18KFC
AQLT24N24KFC
AQLT30N30KFC
AQLT38N38KFC
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
(MM (IN))
12,7 (0.5)
25,4 (1.0)
76,2 (3.0)
152,4 (6.0)
228,6 (9.0)
304,8 (12.0)
www.honeywell.com/sensing
TOTAL RESISTANCE
(OHM)
750
1500
3000
9000
13500
18000
REFERENCE
AQMLTR5N00750FC
AQMLT01N01500FC
AQMLT03N04500FC
AQMLT06N09000FC
AQMLT09N13500FC
AQMLT12N18000FC
101
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
M22 Series
Rotary position transducer
3/8-32 UNEF-2A
0.06
(1.57)
(
0.09
2.36)
0.125/.124
( 3.175/3.150)
60
30
1
R 0.19
(R 4.93)
3
0.406 / 0.401
( 10.312 / 10.185)
2
0.31
(7.92)
0.06
( 1.57)
0.06
(1.57)
0.15
(3.81)
0.38
(9.70)
0.38
(9.70)
0.88
( 22.40)
0.87 ±.03
(22.00 ±0.8)
The M22 rotary potentiometer, available in servo and bushing mount, utilizes
wear-resistant MystR® conductive plastic film combined with precious metal
wipers to produce a quiet operating, low-noise, stable signal. Gold plated
terminals eliminate soldering problems due to tarnish. The high-quality
components are packaged in a cost-effective housing designed with an
anodized aluminum face plate or nickel-plated brass bushing to handle
assembly and operating loads. The integral internal terminations eliminate the
need for internal wires which may break under vibration and thermal stress.
The M22 series rotary potentiometers are used in position-sensing
applications which demand high reliability at low cost.
M22B
0.06
(1.5)
0.03
(0.8)
0.38
(9.5)
0.03
(0.8)
slot
flat
0.062
(1.57)
0.062
(1.57)
0.057 min.
(1.44)
(
0.09
2.36)
60
30
1
0.750/.749
( 19.05/19.025)
3
0.125/.124
( 3.175/3.150)
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Starting force (max.):
Total resistance:
Backlash (max.):
Shaft Ø:
Termination:
Housing size:
Bearing type:
Mechanical travel:
Electrical travel:
M22B
M22S
M22B
M22S
M22B
M22S
-40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F)
30 Vdc
0.3 oz in (torque)
1.0 oz in (torque)
2000 Ohm
0.1°
3,175 mm (0.125 in)
Gold plated solder terminals
22,0 mm (0.87 in)
Sleeve
330°
Continuous rotation
320°
340°
2
0.75 max.
( 19.05)
0.50 ±0.03
(12.70 ±0.8)
OPTIONS
Threaded bushing mount
LINEARITY
± 0.5 %
± 1.0 %
REFERENCE
M22B2KE1S
M22B2KF1S
Servo mount
LINEARITY
± 0.25 %
± 0.5 %
± 1.0 %
102
REFERENCE
M22S2KD1S
M22S2KE1S
M22S2KF1S
www.honeywell.com/sensing
0.50
(12.60)
0.15
(3.81)
0.88
( 22.40)
M22S
R 0.19
(R 4.93)
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
WPM Series
Rotary position transducer, servo mount
0.500 ±0.032
(12.70 ±0.81)
0.625
(15.88)
0.260
(6.60)
0.68 Rad.
max.
30˚ Ty
p.
2
1
0.7500 / 0.7495
Dia.
(19.05/19.04)
3
WPM 18-09
0.875 Dia.
(22.22)
0.1249 / 0.1246
Dia.
(3.172/3.165)
MA
DE IN U . S. A
.
0.062
(1.57)
0.062
(1.57)
0.500 ±0.032
(12.70±.81)
The MystR® film provides exceptionally long rotational and dither life without
sacrificing microlinearity or resolution. The shielded ball bearings ensure long
life even with side load conditions.
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max.):
Total resistance:
Backlash (max.):
Shaft Ø:
Termination:
Bearing type:
Mechanical travel:
Approvals:
30˚
30˚
0.275
(6.98)
Available in servo mount styles, the WPM Series rotary transducer provides
long life by utilizing the proprietary MystR® conductive plastic film, precious
metal wipers and shielded ball bearings on the stainless steel shaft.
0.064 / 0.057
(1.63 / 1.45)
0.78 Rad.
max.
0.609
(16.29)
2
0.9688 / 0.9683
Dia.
(24.608 / 24.595)
1
0.970
Dia.
(24.64)
3
WPM 25-11
0.1249 / 0.1246
Dia.
(3.172 / 3.165)
1.062
Dia.
(26.97)
MA
DE IN U . S. A
.
0.062
(1.57)
-55 °C to 125 °C (-67 °F to 257 °F)
60 Vdc
5000 Ohm
0.01 %
WPM5KA4* 3,175 mm (0.125 in)
WPM5KB1*
6,35 mm (0.25 in)
Gold plated solder terminals
Ball bearings
Continuous rotation
MIL-PRF-39023 qulaified
0.062
(1.57)
0.064/0.057
(1.63/1.45)
0.98
Rad. max.
(24.9)
0.774
(19.66)
0.500 ±0.032
(12.70 ±0.81)
0.093
(2.36)
40˚
20˚
0.335
(8.51)
1
1.3125 / 1.3120
Dia.
(33.34 / 33.32)
WPM 45-13
MA
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
350°
353°
0.062
(1.57)
LINEARITY
REFERENCE
WPM5KA4S4513
WPM5KA4S6520
.
30˚
0.333
(8.46)
± 0.075 %
± 0.075 %
DE IN U.S.A
0.078
(1.98)
1.25
Rad. max.
(31.7)
0.800
(20.32)
0.500 ±0.032
(12.70 ±0.81)
STARTING FORCE
(MAX.)
0.8 oz in (torque)
1.0 oz in (torque)
3
0.2497 / 0.2494
Dia. shaft
(6.342 / 6.334)
OPTIONS
A4
2
1.437
Dia.
(36.50)
15˚
0.093
(2.36)
1
2
3
2.000
Dia.
(50.80)
1.875 / 1.874
Dia.
(47.62 / 47.60)
WPM 65-20
0.2497 / 0.2494
Dia. shaft
(6.342 / 6.334)
B1
ELECTRICAL TRAVEL
340°
345°
MA
STARTING FORCE
(MAX.)
0.4 oz in (torque)
0.4 oz in (torque)
LINEARITY
REFERENCE
± 0.1 %
± 0.1 %
WPM5KB1S1809
WPM5KB1S2511
DE IN U.S.A
.
.062
(1.57)
.078
(1.98)
www.honeywell.com/sensing
103
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Torque Watch
Guages
The Torque Watch, an industry mainstay when an accurate indication of rotary force is necessary, is
simple to use, requiring no special tools or setups. Available in three models they cover ranges from
0.003 to 200 inch-ounces. Attach the gauge to the device being measured, and simply rotate it, for a
direct reading dial.
Protection against over-torque is provided by a stainless steel internal rotation stop. The low range
366 Series will prevent damage from over-torque up to three times the normal range, whilst the mid range
641 Series and the high range 940 Series will prevent damage up to twice the normal range.
Models are available in standard (ounce inch), metric (gram centimeter) and System International
(Newton meter) measuring options.
366 Series
Low range
0.003 - 0.60 oz in
651 Series
Mid range
0.05 - 40.0 oz in
940 Series
High range
15.0 - 200.0 oz in
The Series 366 Torque Watch accurately measures
very low torque. Three miniature adapter chucks
allow simple coupling to the device being
measured.
The Series 651 Torque Watch provides accurate
measurement of low static torque. A 1/4 inch
keyed chuck provides a simple means of coupling
to the device under measurement.
The Series 940 Torque Watch accurately measures
torque in values that range form 15.0 to 200 oz/in.
A 3/8 inch keyed chuck and 3/8 inch square socket
driver adapter provide a simple means of coupling
to the device under measurement.
OPTIONS
OPTIONS
Standard
Standard
OUNCE INCHES
0.06 to 0.6
0.01 to 0.1
0.003 to 0.03
REFERENCE
366-0
366-2
366-3
OUNCE INCHES
0.05 to 1.2
1 to 20
2 to 40
0.1 to 2.4
0.25 to 5
0.5 to 10
OPTIONS
REFERENCE
651C-1
651C-2
651C-3
651X-2
651X-3
651X-4
Metric
GRAM CENTIMETER
6 to 42
1 to 7.5
0.2 to 2
OUNCE INCHES
30 to 200
15 to 100
REFERENCE
940-1
940-2
Metric
REFERENCE
366-0M
366-2M
366-3M
GRAM CENTIMETER
2.5 K to 14.3 K
1 K to 7.1 K
Metric
GRAM CENTIMETER
2.5 to 80
50 to 1.2 K
150 to 2.8 K
5 to 150
10 to 300
25 to 600
REFERENCE
651C-1M
651C-2M
651C-3M
651X-2M
651X-3M
651X-4M
System International
NEWTON METER
0.5 to 9
10 to 140
15 to 285
1 to 18
2 to 36
5 to 70
104
Standard
REFERENCE
651C-1SI
651C-2SI
651C-3SI
651X-2SI
651X-3SI
651X-4SI
www.honeywell.com/sensing
REFERENCE
940-1M
940-2M
System International
NEWTON METER
0.25 to 1.4
0.1 to 0.7
REFERENCE
940-1SI
940-2SI
INDEX
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Clarostat Rotary Position Transducers
TH100 Series
HRS100 Series, Hall-effect
The TH-100 Series puts Honeywell’s proven variable-resistor technology to
work in angle-management applications such as control-lever sensing and
equipment position feedback. High performance and low cost make it
attractive for a wide range of applications. Special electrical and mechanical
configurations, including dual tracks, D-shape rotor holes, etc. are available on
special order.
The HRS100 provides angular position information for a variety of sensing
and control applications in the automotive, marine, truck, off-road, industrial
implementation, aerospace, and rail industries. The use of magnetically
coupled information in place of a mechanical wiper assembly provides a long
life, cost-effective solution for harsh environments that include temperature,
vibration, dither, moisture and dirt.
The device provides for angle measurements, has 152,4 mm (6.0 in) wire
leads, a 6,35 mm (0.25 in) slotted thru hole and is sealed.
This position sensor incorporates Hall-effect to provide a sensing device that
will last for more than 50 million operations. The device is packaged in a metal
housing with a 9,5 mm (0.375 in) diameter bushing and a
6,35 mm (0.25 in) diameter slotted shaft and solder lug terminals.
Power rating:
0.5 W max.
Element type:
Conductive plastic
Terminal type:
three 20 AWG
Shaft:
6,35 mm (0.25 in) thru hole with .105 w x .090 d slot
Body:
38,1 mm (1.5 in) x 45,72 mm (1.8 in)
Electrical taper:
Linear
Storage & operating temperature:
-40 °C to 120 °C (-40 °F to 248 °F)
Working voltage (max):
350 Vdc
Linearity:
± 5% standard; to ± 1% special
Total resistance:
10 K
Total resistance tolerance:
± 15%
Rotational cycles:
> 1 million
Terminal type:
Bushing:
Shaft:
Body:
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Supply voltage (max):
Linearity:
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical operating angle:
Straight solder lug
9,52 mm (.375 in) FMS, includes C-ring
Slotted 6,32 mm ± 0,03 (0.249 in ± 0.001)
27,79 mm (1.094 in) Ø
Linear
-40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F)
5 Vdc
± 2%
10 million
90°
Mounting Surface
27,69 [1.09]
13,2 [0.52]
20,32 [0.08]
9,53 [0.375]
22,23 [0.875]
GRD VDD 2,84 [0.12]
Output
OPTIONS
OPTIONS
180° Rotation
90° Rotation
TAPER
Linear
CABLE CONNECTOR
No
REFERENCE
640CS103A06NAAY
CABLE CONNECTOR
No
REFERENCE
640ES103A06NAAY
SHAFT
Slotted
LUG
Straight Solder
3.3 [0.13]
19,05 [0.75]
REFERENCE
HRS100SSAB090
90° Rotation
TAPER
Linear
www.honeywell.com/sensing
105
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Clarostat Rotary Potentiometers and Position Transducers
578 Series, Precision potentiometer
574 Series, Commercial potentiometer
The 578 Series conductive plastic precision potentiometer puts Honeywell’s
proven variable resistor technology to work in a high performance, costeffective device. With its compact size, rugged construction and advanced
versatility, the 578 provides superior control for applications such as joy-stick
controllers and position-sensing devices.
The 574 Series conductive plastic potentiometer offers low mounting profile,
smooth feel, and robust construction with a thermoplastic housing, bushing,
and shaft. Terminals are PC style with a bracket for vertical mounting. No
hardware is included.
The model 578 features a 9,5 mm x 9,5 mm (0.375 in x 0.375 in) bushing,
6,35 mm x 19,05 mm (0.25 in x 0.75 in) slotted shaft, linear taper, and type A
pc pins (please consult with the factory for custom OEM configurations).
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Bushing:
Shaft:
Body:
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Working voltage:
Linearity:
Total resistance tolerance:
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical rotation:
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Bushing:
Shaft:
Body:
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Working voltage:
Linearity:
Total resistance tolerance:
Revolutions:
Mechanical rotation:
0.5 W @ 70 °C (158 °F)
Conductive plastic
PC pin type A
9,52 mm (0.375 in) D x 9,52 mm (0.375 in) L
6,35 mm x 19,05 mm (0.25 in x 0.75 in) Slotted
22,86 mm (0.900 in) Ø
Linear
-40 °C to 100 °C (-40 °F to 212 °F)
400 Vdc
1%
± 10%
5 million
320° ± 5°
0.25 W @ 70 °C (158 °F)
Conductive plastic
PC terminals type C with C mounting bracket
M9 x 6,35 mm (0.25 in) L
6,35 (0.25 in) Ø x 19,05 (0.75 in) L
21,08 mm (0.830 in) square
Linear
-40 °C to 120 °C (-40 °F to 248 °F)
350 Vac
± 5%
± 20%
50,000
300° ± 5°
8,13 [0.32]
21,09 ± 0,13
[0.83 ± 0.005]
11,08 [0.46]
PC Terminals
Type C-30
10,54 [0.415]
3,96 [0.156]
8,71 [0.343]
Ø22,96 [Ø 0.90 ]
.010
Ø 6,35
[Ø 0.25]
3,96 [0.156]
9,22[0.363]
Type “C” Mtg.
With Bracket
CL
12,16 ± 0,25 [0.48 ± 0.01]
14,49 ± 0,25 [0.57 ±.010]
3/8-32 UNEF
T
OPTIONS
CW W CCW
5,84
15,24 ± 0,25 [0.60 ±.01] 3,3 ± 0,25 [0.13 ±.01]
1,02 ± 0,25 [0.04 ±.01]
5,08 ± 0,25 [0.20 ±.010] (2X)
ANTI-ROTATIONAL PIN
Ø 1,52 ± 0,13 [Ø 0.06 ±.005]
Flatted Shaft
30°
CL
19,05 ± 0,25 [0.075 ±.010] (2X)
TYPE "A" MOUNTING
OPTIONS
RESISTANCE
1 kOhm
10 kOhm
100 kOhm
50 kOhm
TAPER
Linear
Linear
Linear
Linear
REFERENCE
574SX1M48F102SD
574SX1M48F103SD
574SX1M48F104SD
574SX1M48F503SD
TAPER
Linear
Linear
Linear
Linear
REFERENCE
574SX1M48S102SD
574SX1M48S103SD
574SX1M48S104SD
574SX1M48S503SD
1 kOhm Resistance
SHAFT
Slotted stainless steel
RESISTANCE TAPER
Linear
REFERENCE
578X1G48S102SA
RESISTANCE
1 kOhm
10 kOhm
100 kOhm
50 kOhm
5 kOhm Resistance
SHAFT
Slotted stainless steel
Slotted Shaft
RESISTANCE TAPER
Linear
REFERENCE
578X1G48S502SA
RESISTANCE TAPER
Linear
REFERENCE
578X1G48S103SA
10 kOhm Resistance
SHAFT
Slotted stainless steel
106
www.honeywell.com/sensing
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
575 Series, Commercial potentiometer
590 Series, Commercial potentiometer
The 575 Series conductive plastic potentiometer offers a smooth feel and
robust construction, with a thermoplastic housing, bushing, and shaft.
Terminals are solder-hook style for panel mounting. No hardware is included.
The 590 Series conductive plastic modular potentiometer features low
electrical noise, smooth feel, robust construction, and brass bushing and
shaft. Terminals are PC style. Hardware included. Multiple sections(up to
three) are available on special order.
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Bushing:
Shaft:
Body:
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Working voltage:
Linearity:
Total resisteance tolerance:
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical rotation:
0.5 W @ 70 °C (158 °F)
Conductive plastic
Solder hook-200 grid
9,52 mm (.375 in) D x 6,35 mm (0.25 in) L
6,35 mm (0.25 in) Ø x 19,05 mm (0.75 in) L
21,08 mm (0.830 in) square
Linear
-40 °C to 120 °C (-40 °F to 248 °F)
350 Vac
± 5%
± 20%
50,000
300° ± 5°
Power rating:
0.5 W @ 70 °C (158 °F)
Element type:
Conductive plastic
Terminal type:
PC, 6,35 mm (0.25 in) long
Bushing:
6,35 mm (0.25 in) Ø x 6,35 mm (0.25 in) L
Shaft:
Slotted, 3,17 mm (0.125 in) Ø x 22,23 mm (0.875 in) L
Body:
12,7 mm (0.50 in) Ø
Electrical taper:
Linear
Operating temperature:
-40 °C to 120 °C (-40 °F to 248 °F)
Linearity:
± 5%
Total resistance tolerance:
± 10% (up to 500 kOhms)
± 20 % (1 MOhm and over)
Rotational cycles:
50,000
Mechanical rotation:
295° ± 5°
OPTIONS
Flatted Shaft
RESISTANCE
1 kOhm
10 kOhm
50 kOhm
TAPER
Linear
Linear
Linear
REFERENCE
575SX1A48F102SS
575SX1A48F103SS
575SX1A48F503SS
Slotted Shaft
RESISTANCE
1 kOhm
10 kOhm
50 kOhm
TAPER
Linear
Linear
Linear
REFERENCE
575SX1A48S102SS
574SX1A48S103SS
574SX1A48S503SS
OPTIONS
Slotted Shaft
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
100 kOhm
500 kOhm
1 MOhm
www.honeywell.com/sensing
TAPER
Linear
Linear
Linear
Linear
Linear
Linear
Linear
Linear
REFERENCE
590SX1N56S101SP
590SX1N56S501SP
590SX1N56S102SP
590SX1N56S502SP
590SX1N56S103SP
590SX1N56S104SP
590SX1N56S504SP
590SX1N56S105SP
107
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Clarostat Rotary Potentiometers and Position Transducers (continued)
380 Series, Industrial potentiometer
The 380 Series “Quiet One” is a 2-watt conductive plastic potentiometer
offering superior dynamic noise and a long rotational life. It meets MIL-R-94
specifications where applicable.
Approvals:
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Shaft:
Body:
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Working voltage:
Linearity:
Total resistance tolerance:
MIL-R-94
2.0 W max.
Conductive plastic
Solder lug
Slotted
27,79 mm (1.094 in) Ø
Linear
-55 °C to 120 °C (-67 °F to 248 °F)
500 Vdc
± 5%
± 10% (up to 500 kOhms)
± 20 % (1 MOhm and over)
100,000
312° ± 3°
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical rotation:
OPTIONS
C1: 2.0 in (50,8 mm) Round Shaft;
0.375 in (9,5 mm) L bushing
27,78
[ 1.09 ]
14,27
[ 0.56 ]
C2
15,87
[ 0.625 ]
RESISTANCE
250 Ohm
1 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
250 kOhm
1 MOhm
REFERENCE
380C2250
380C21000
380C25000
380C210K
380C225K
380C250K
380C2100K
380C2250K
380C21MEG
C3: 0.875 in (22,23 mm) shaft;
0.375 in (9,5 mm) L bushing
50,8
[ 2.0 ]
C2: 0.625 in (15,88 mm) screwdriver slotted shaft;
0.5 in (12,7 mm) L locking bushing
6,35
[ .025 ]
27,78
[ 1.09 ]
14,27
C1
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
250 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
1.5 kOhm
2 kOhm
2.5 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
15 kOhm
20 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
200 kOhm
250 kOhm
500 kOhm
1 MOhm
108
27,78
[ 0.56 ]
[ 1.09 ]
22,23
[ 0.875 ]
REFERENCE
380C1100
380C1250
380C1500
380C11000
380C11500
380C12000
380C12500
380C15000
380C110K
380C115K
380C120K
380C125K
380C150K
380C1100K
380C1200K
380C1250K
380C1500K
380C11MEG
14,27
C3
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
250 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
2 kOhm
2.5 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
150 kOhm
200 kOhm
250 kOhm
500 kOhm
1 MOhm
5 MOhm
www.honeywell.com/sensing
[0.56 ]
REFERENCE
380C3100
380C3250
380C3500
380C31000
380C32000
380C32500
380C35000
380C3310K
380C325K
380C350K
380C3100K
380C3150K
380C3200K
380C3250K
380C3500K
380C31MEG
380C35MEG
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
RV4 MIL Series potentiometer
The RV4 is a dual-marked potentiometer with all the fine features of the
380 Series in a more economical package. It is built in strict accordance with
MIL-R-94.
Approvals:
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Shaft:
Body:
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Working voltage:
Linearity:
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical rotation:
MIL-R-94
2.0 W max.
Conductive plastic
Solder lug
Slotted
27,79 mm (1.094 in) Ø
Linear
-55 °C to 120 °C (-67 °F to 248 °F)
500 Vdc
± 5%
25,000
312° ± 3°
OPTIONS
Locking Bushing
Standard Bushing,
0.875 in (22,23 mm) shaft length
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
250 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
2.5 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
250 kOhm
500 kOhm
750 Kohm
1 MOhm
5 MOhm
TOLERANCE
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 20%
REFERENCE
RV4NAYSD101A
RV4NAYSD251A
RV4NAYSD501A
RV4NAYSD102A
RV4NAYSD252A
RV4NAYSD502A
RV4NAYSD103A
RV4NAYSD253A
RV4NAYSD503A
RV4NAYSD104A
RV4NAYSD254A
RV4NAYSD504A
RV4NAYSD754A
RV4NAYSD105A
RV4NAYSD505B
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
250 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
2.5 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
250 kOhm
500 kOhm
750 kOhm
1 MOhm
5 MOhm
www.honeywell.com/sensing
TOLERANCE
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 20%
REFERENCE
RV4LAYSA101A
RV4LAYSA251A
RV4LAYSA501A
RV4LAYSA102A
RV4LAYSA252A
RV4LAYSA502A
RV4LAYSA103A
RV4LAYSA253A
RV4LAYSA503A
RV4LAYSA104A
RV4LAYSA254A
RV4LAYSA504A
RV4LAYSA754A
RV4LAYSA105A
RV4LAYSA505B
109
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Clarostat Rotary Potentiometers and Position Transducers (continued)
RV6/392M MIL Series potentiometer
RV6/392M Series are economical potentiometers designed to meet wave
soldering applications for mounting PC boards. They meet flow solderability
and washability test requirements, and MIL-R-94 standard apply.
Approvals:
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Shaft:
Body:
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Working voltage:
Linearity:
Total resistance tolerance:
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical rotation:
MIL-R-94
0.5 W max.
Conductive plastic
Solder hook
Slotted
12,7 mm (0.5 in) Ø
Linear
-40 °C to 120 °C (-40 °F to 248 °F)
350 Vdc
± 5%
± 10% (up to 500 kOhms)
± 20 % (1 MOhm and over)
50,000
295° ± 5°
3,18
[0.125] Dia.
12,7 [0.5]
Dia.
Locking Bushing Type
Type
RV6
110
Bushing Shaft
Length Length
6,35
22,23
0.25
0.875
Standard Bushing, 6,35 mm (0.25 in) L;
0.875 in (22,23 mm) shaft length
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
250 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
2.5 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
250 kOhm
500 kOhm
1 MOhm
REFERENCE
RV6NAYSD101A
RV6NAYSD251A
RV6NAYSD501A
RV6NAYSD102A
RV6NAYSD252A
RV6NAYSD502A
RV6NAYSD103A
RV6NAYSD253A
RV6NAYSD503A
RV6NAYSD104A
RV6NAYSD254A
RV6NAYSD504A
RV6NAYSD105A
Locking Bushing, 12,7 mm (0.50 in) L;
0.625 in (15,88 mm) shaft length
15,88 ± 0,76
[0.625 ± 0.03]
12,7 ± 0,5
[0.5 ± 0.02]
OPTIONS
RV6/392M
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
250 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
2.5 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
250 kOhm
500 kOhm
1 MOhm
www.honeywell.com/sensing
REFERENCE
RV6LAYSA101A
RV6LAYSA251A
RV6LAYSA501A
RV6LAYSA102A
RV6LAYSA252A
RV6LAYSA502A
RV6LAYSA103A
RV6LAYSA253A
RV6LAYSA503A
RV6LAYSA104A
RV6LAYSA254A
RV6LAYSA504A
RV6LAYSA105A
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
53 Series potentiometer
585 Series, Commercial potentiometer
The 53 Series has all the fine features of the Series 380 in a more economical
package. It is available with a 50,8 mm [2.0 in] long shaft.
Our Series 585 offers a robust construction in a low-cost commercial
package, using carbon composition elements and a metal shaft and bushing.
Power rating:
Element type:
Terminal type:
Shaft:
Body:
Electrical taper:
Operating temperature:
Working voltage:
Linearity:
Rotational cycles:
Mechanical rotation:
Power rating:
0.05 W max. @ 40 °C
Element type:
Carbon composition
Terminal type:
3 in-line
Bushing:
M 7 x 0.75 thread, 7 mm L
Shaft:
6,0 mm (0.24 in) Ø by 25,0 mm (0.98 in) L
Flatted shaft: 12,0 mm (0.47 in) long by 4,5 mm (0.18 in) D standard; round
end available
Body:
9,5 mm (0.37 in) square
Operating temperature:
-55 °C to 120 °C (-67 °F to 248 °F)
Resistance tolerance:
± 20%
Rotational cycles:
10,000
Mechanical rotation:
300°
2.0 W max.
Conductive plastic
Solder lug
Slotted, 50,8 mm (2.0 in) L
27,79 mm (1.094 in) Ø
Linear
-55 °C to 120 °C (-67 °F to 248 °F)
500 Vdc
± 5%
25,000
312° ± 3°
OPTIONS
Standard Bushing, 2.0 in (50,8 mm) shaft length
RESISTANCE
100 Ohm
250 Ohm
500 Ohm
1 kOhm
2.5 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
25 kOhm
50 kOhm
100 kOhm
150 kOhm
250 kOhm
500 kOhm
750 kOhm
1 MOhm
2.5 MOhm
5 MOhm
TOLERANCE
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 10%
± 20%
± 20%
± 20%
REFERENCE
53C1100
53C1250
53C1500
53C11K
53C12500
53C15K
53C110K
53C125K
53C150K
53C1100K
53C1150K
53C1250K
53C1500K
53C1750K
53C11MEG
53C12.5MEG
53C15MEG
OPTIONS
Linear taper
RESISTANCE
1 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
1 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
SECTION
Single
Single
Single
Double
Double
Double
REFERENCE
585SX4Q25F102SP
585SX4Q25F502SP
585SX4Q25F103SP
585DX4Q25F102SP
585DX4Q25F502SP
585DX4Q25F103SP
SECTION
Single
Single
Single
REFERENCE
585SX4Q25F102ZP
585SX4Q25F502ZP
585SX4Q25F103ZP
Audio taper
RESISTANCE
1 kOhm
5 kOhm
10 kOhm
www.honeywell.com/sensing
111
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Encoders
510 Series , Mechanical
600 Series, Optical
The 510 Series controls are manually operated, rotary, mechanical encoders
that provide a two-bit gray code for relative reference applications and a fourbit gray code for absolute electrical reference applications. The “L” channel
leads the “R” channel by 90° electrically in the CW position. It features
continuous electrical travel and has a rotational life of more than 100,000
shaft revolutions with a positive detent feel.
The 600 Series controls are manually operated, rotary, optical encoders that
output two square waves in quadrature at a rate of 128 pulse per channel per
revolution as a standard with other resolutions down to 60 pulses available.
The outputs are TTL compatible. PC terminals or cable leads are available.
This series is small-sized, 21,08 mm2 by 8,71 mm deep (0.83 in2 x 0.343 in)
long and commonly used in limited-space, panel-mounted applications where
the need for costly, front-panel displays can be completely eliminated. Digital
gray-code outputs eliminate the need for
A/D converters.
Pulses per revolution:
128
Supply voltage:
5.0 V
Body:
34,93 mm (1.375 in) Ø
Shaft:
6.35 mm [0.25 in] dia by 22.23 mm [0.875] long
Bushing:
9,52 mm [0.375 in] dia by 9,52 mm [0.375 in] long
Operating temperature:
-40 °C to 65 °C (-40 °F to 149 °F)
Revolutions:
10 million
Bushing:
9,52 mm (0.375 in) Ø x 6,35 mm (0.25 in) L
Shaft:
Flatted, 6,35 mm (0.25 in) Ø x 19,05 mm (0.75 in) L
Body:
21,08 mm (0.830 in) square
Operating temperature:
-40 °C to 105 °C (-40 °F to 221 °F)
Rotational cycles:
100,000
1,91 [0.075]
17,5 [0.69]
0,64 x 3,05
12,2 [0.48]
“A”
12 34
[0.025 x 0.012]
1,27 typ.
[0.05 Typ.]
OPTIONS
Series 600
TERMINATION
177,8 mm (7.0 in) long cable
PC terminals exiting side
PC terminals exiting rear
177,8 mm (7.0 in) long cable with connector
OPTIONS
Vertical Mount, PC Terminals/bent back
GREY CODE OPTIONS
2 bit/4 cycles
2 bit/6 cycles
2 bit/9 cycles
4 bit/16 cycles
REFERENCE
510E1A48F204PC
510E1A48F206PC
510E1A48F209PC
510E1A48F416PC
Horizontal Mount, PC Terminals/straight
GREY CODE OPTIONS
2 bit/4 cycles
2 bit/6 cycles
2 bit/9 cycles
4 bit/16 cycles
REFERENCE
510E1A48F204PB
510E1A48F206PB
510E1A48F209PB
510E1A48F416PB
Brackets
MOUNTING DIRECTION
Vertical
Horizontal
112
REFERENCE
510VBKT
510HBKT
www.honeywell.com/sensing
REFERENCE
600EN-128-CBL
600EN-128-B66
600EN-128-C24
600EN-128-CN1
LINEAR AND ROTARY
OPTO POSITION
SENSORS
Slotted Optical Switches
S-180 Series
S-510 Series
The S-180 Series consists of a gallum arsenide IRED and silicon
phototransistor mounted in a rigid one-piece polycarbonate housing. All
electrical options are available with either PCB mount or 457,0 mm
(18.0 in) minimum length wire termination (26 AWG type UL 1429)
The S-510 Series consists of a gallum arsenide IRED and silicon
phototransitor mounted in a small injection-molded housing. An IR-opaque
housing is offered for applications where high levels of ambient infrared
radiation may be present and an IR-transparent housing for applications
requiring protection from dust and dirt in the apertures. This series is also
available with 305,0 mm (12.0 in) minimum length flexible wire leads.
Operating temperature:
IRED continuous forward current:
IRED peak forward current:
IRED reverse voltage:
IRED power dissipation:
Sensor collector-emitter voltage:
Sensor emitter-collector voltage:
Sensor power dissipation:
-40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F)
50 mA
3A
3V
100 mW
30 V
5V
100 mW
Operating temperature:
IRED continuous forward current:
IRED peak forward current:
IRED reverse voltage:
IRED power dissipation:
Sensor collector-emitter voltage:
Sensor emitter-collector voltage:
Sensor power dissipation:
-40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F)
50 mA
3A
3V
100 mW
30 V
5V
100 mW
OPTIONS
PCB Mount
VCE(sat)
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA, IC = 0.4 mA
0.4 V max @ IF = 10 mA, IC = 0.8 mA
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA, IC = 2.0 mA
IL
0.5 mA min @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 5 V
1.0 mA min @ IF = 10 mA and VCE = 5 V
2.0 mA min @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 5 V
REFERENCE
S-180-A55
S-180-B55
S-180-C55
IR-opaque housing
TERMINATION
PC Board mount
Wire
PC Board mount
Wire
Wire Leads
VCE(sat)
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA, IC = 0.4 mA
0.4 V max @ IF = 10 mA, IC = 0.8 mA
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA, IC = 2.0 mA
OPTIONS
IL
0.5 mA min @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 5 V
1.0 mA min @ IF = 10 mA and VCE = 5 V
2.0 mA min @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 5 V
REFERENCE
S-180-A55W
S-180-B55W
S-180-C55W
ELECTRICAL SELECTION
A
A
B
B
REFERENCE
S-510-A
S-510-AW
S-510-B
S-510-BW
IR-transparent housing
TERMINATION
PC Board mount
Wire
PC Board mount
Wire
ELECTRICAL SELECTION
A
A
B
B
REFERENCE
S-511-A
S-511-AW
S-511-B
S-511-BW
PARAMETER
A
IL
0.5 mA @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 5 V
1.0 mA @ IF = 35 mA and VCE = 5V
VCE(sat)
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA and IC = 0.25 mA
0.4 V max @ IF = 35 mA and IC = 0.50 mA
B
1.0 mA @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 5 V
2.0 mA @ IF = 35 mA and VCE = 5V
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA and IC = 0.50 mA
0.4 V max @ IF = 35 mA and IC = 1.0 mA
www.honeywell.com/sensing
113
LINEARSENSORS
AND ROTARY POSITION
OPTO
Slotted Optical Switches (continued)
OPTIONS
S-860/870 Series
IR Transparent; 5,59 mm (0.220 in) Lead spacing;
IRED aperture, 1,27 mm (0.05 in)
The S-860/870 family of optical switches offers the designer the most flexible
semi-custom specification available in commercial optoelectronics. Electrical,
optical and mechanical parameters may be specified allowing the use of this
standard product in many applications that would otherwise have to be
custom designed.
Operating temperature:
IRED continuous forward current:
IRED peak forward current:
IRED reverse voltage:
IRED power dissipation:
Sensor collector-emitter voltage:
Sensor emitter-collector voltage:
Sensor power dissipation:
-25 °C to 85 °C (-13 °F to 185 °F)
50 mA
3A
3V
100 mW
30 V
5V
100 mW
ELECTRICAL PARAMETER
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
MOUNTING/SENSOR
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
REFERENCE
S-865-N51
S-866-N51
S-867-N51
S-865-N55
S-866-N55
S-867-N55
S-865-T51
S-866-T51
S-867-T51
S-865-T55
S-866-T55
S-867-T55
IR Transparent; 8,13 mm (0.320 in) Lead spacing;
IRED aperture, 1,27 mm (0.05 in)
ELECTRICAL PARAMETER
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
MOUNTING/SENSOR
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
REFERENCE
S-860-N51
S-861-N51
S-862-N51
S-860-N55
S-861-N55
S-862-N55
S-860-T51
S-861-T51
S-862-T51
S-860-T55
S-861-T55
S-862-T55
IR Opaque; 5,59 mm (0.220 in) Lead spacing;
IRED aperture, 1,27 mm (0.05 in)
ELECTRICAL PARAMETER
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
MOUNTING/SENSOR
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
REFERENCE
S-875-N51
S-876-N51
S-877-N51
S-875-N55
S-876-N55
S-877-N55
S-875-T51
S-876-T51
S-877-T51
S-875-T55
S-876-T55
S-877-T55
IR Opaque; 8,13 mm (0.320 in) Lead spacing; IRED
aperture, 1,27 mm (0.05 in)
PARAMETER
A
IL
0.5 mA @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 5 V
VCE(sat)
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA and IC = 0.4 mA
B
1.0 mA @ IF = 10 mA and VCE = 5 V
0.4 V max @ IF = 10 mA and IC = 0.8 mA
C
2.0 mA @ IF = 20 mA and VCE = 0.4 V
0.4 V max @ IF = 20 mA and IC = 2.0 mA
114
ELECTRICAL PARAMETER
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
www.honeywell.com/sensing
MOUNTING/SENSOR
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
No Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/0,25 mm (0.01 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
2 Tabs/1,27 mm (0.05 in)
REFERENCE
S-870-N51
S-871-N51
S-872-N51
S-870-N55
S-871-N55
S-872-N55
S-870-T51
S-871-T51
S-872-T51
S-870-T55
S-871-T55
S-872-T55
LINEAR AND ROTARY
OPTO POSITION
SENSORS
S-800W Series, Wide gap
The S-800W Series of wide gap slotted switches consists of a gallium arsenide
IRED and silicon phototransistor in an injection-molded housing. The output
current range options allow the design engineer the flexibility to choose from
three current minimums to best solve application requirements.
Operating temperature:
IRED continuous forward current:
IRED peak forward current:
IRED reverse voltage:
IRED power dissipation:
Sensor collector-emitter voltage:
Sensor emitter-collector voltage:
Sensor power dissipation:
-40 °C to 80 °C (-40 °F to 176 °F)
50 mA
3A
3V
100 mW
30 V
5V
100 mW
OPTIONS
IL
500 uA min @ VCE = 10 V & IF = 20 mA
1.0 mA min @ VCE = 5 V & IF = 10 mA
1.8 mA min @ VCE = 0.6 V & IF = 20 mA
VCE(sat)
0.4 V max @ IC = 250 uA & IF = 20 mA
0.4 V max @ IC = 500 uA & IF = 20 mA
0.4 V max @ IC = 1.8 mA & IF = 20 mA
REFERENCE
S-800W
S-801W
S-802W
www.honeywell.com/sensing
115
LINEAR AND ROTARY POSITION
Blank page
116
www.honeywell.com/sensing
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
Ultrasonic Distance Sensors
Ultrasonic sensing systems offer no-touch distance measurements to an
accuracy of 1 mm through dust, smoke and vapour, in areas of high noise
level, and with all types of target materials, shapes and colours, with sensing
ranges from 100 mm up to 6000 mm.
High performance no-touch position sensing
Increased reliability, no contamination. Honeywell ultrasonic sensors operate
by exciting an acoustic transducer with voltage pulses, causing the transducer
to vibrate ultrasonically. These oscillations are directed at a target and by
measuring the time for the echo to return to the transducer, the distance may
be calculated. This measurement technique in no way interferes with the
object - it does not contaminate the target, nor does it affect the position. And
being no-touch, there are no mechanical linkages to wear out.
Ultrasonic
Factory noise does not affect operation because the operating frequency is
well above the frequency of ambient sound. And because sound is used, air
pressure, humidity and airborne contamination have little effect on accuracy;
target shape, material and colour are also not critical.
Working method
The sensors work with an ultrasonic transducer used for both transmitting
and receiving. In each cycle, ultrasonic pulses will be transmitted. The pulses
are then reflected back from the target, and received by the sensor. By means
of the temperature compensated measurement of the elapsed time of the
acoustic signal, the target distance is determined, with a high degree of
accuracy. The resulting measurement can be output either as an analogue or a
digital signal.
Reflective properties
Target object distance
Time
0
T/2
T
Almost all materials and targets reflect sound, and can therefore be detected.
Only sound-absorbing materials such as cotton wool, or foam rubber are
either difficult or impossible to detect. Certain materials, such as textiles,
weaken the ultrasonic signals, as a result of which the maximum sensing
distance is less than half of the nominal value.
Target shape and surface
Time
Voltage
Figure 1 shows the elapsed time of the acoustic pulse. The diagram shows how the pulse
travels from the transducer to the target, is reflected at time T/2, and reaches the
transducer at time T. Below is a diagram of the voltage at the ultrasonic transducer.
Elapsed time T is directly proportional to object distance a. a = cT/2, where c is the
velocity of sound.
Application criteria
The maximum sensing range depends on a number of factors such as target
shape, surface, inclination to the beam axis, surface composition and
environmental influences. The range values included in this catalogue are
based on a target made of flat, sound-reflecting material at 25°C and still air,
placed vertical to the beam axis.
All object shapes and surfaces can be measured using ultrasonic sensors, up
to the maximum distance at which a sufficient echo reaches the sensor.
Cylindrical, conical and small objects reduce the measuring range.
Inclination to beam angle
If a smooth, flat target is inclined at more than half of the nominal beam angle
to the normal beam axis (e.g. 5°), the echo is deflected so far that, under
certain conditions, no signal is received by the sensor (see Figure 2 overleaf).
At shorter target distances, the target can be inclined up to the beam (e.g.
10°) from the beam axis. In the case of targets with a rough surface, the
acoustic beam is reflected diffusely. The angle of inclination to the beam may,
under certain circumstances, be up to 50°, but the maximum sensing
distance is reduced.
www.honeywell.com/sensing
117
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
10 cm
< 5°
< 5°
10 cm
Sn
Target
(cm) 5
3
1
-1
-3
-5
0
200
400
Output
1400 (mm)
Switching point in
backwards direction
10 cm
Sn
800 1000 1200
Repeatability
Switching point in
forwards direction
10 cm
< 5°
< 5°
600
Hysteresis
Figure 2: Effect of target inclination on the measurement
Figure 4: Repeatability and hysteresis
Environmental influences
Mutual interference
The velocity of sound in air is temperature-dependent, and increases at a rate
of 0.18 %/°C. Honeywell ultrasonic distance sensors have their own
temperature transducer, which adjusts both the clock frequency of the elapsed
time counter and the carrier frequency. Major temperature fluctuations within
the measuring path can, however, lead to sound dispersion and refraction,
which disturb the measuring result and limit the stability of the measurement
(Figure 3). Air streams, turbulence and air layers of different densities can, in
certain conditions, attenuate or deflect the echo to such an extent that the
sensor cannot detect it. On the other hand, air humidity and normal
atmospheric air pressure fluctuations have virtually no influence on the
measurements.
Despite pulse coding, if several sensors are used simultaneously in a single
application, mutual interference can occur. This phenomenon will, however,
only arise if, as a result of the inclination of the object, or the positioning of
two sensors opposite one another, false echo signals can be received. By
using the inhibitor input, maintaining minimum distances or restricting the
beam angle with a focusing reflector, the problem can be almost entirely
avoided.
cold
10 cm
Synchronisation
The majority of Honeywell ultrasonic distance sensors can be very easily
synchronised by interconnecting the appropriate inputs or connecting them
with an external synchronisation unit. The transmission of the acoustic pulses
then occurs simultaneously. This makes it possible to use the sensors for
applications in which the ultrasonic transducers are facing each other, while
still avoiding mutual interference.
Protective measures
10 cm
Sn
warm
10 cm
Sn
10 cm
Figure 3: Effect of warm air turbulence on the measurement
All sensors are protected against water and dust, according to the DIN
standard IP 65. The transducer is coated with silicone rubber or epoxy, but it
can be attacked by aggressive acid or caustic atmospheres. It is also
necessary to ensure that the transducer face remains clear of liquid or solid
deposits, which could limit the performance of the sensor. Drops of water may
be deposited on the transducer surface, as a result of condensation. These
could severely reduce the sensor range. Also because of the risk of icing up,
and because sensors detect raindrops, the suitability of these sensors for
outdoor use, despite the protective measures, is limited.
Electrical interference
Repeatability
All information concerning repeatability and hysteresis in this data sheet is
valid for axial target movements (Figure 4). If a target approaches the sensor
from a distance, the output switches at the set value ± the given repeatability.
If the target moves further away from the sensor, the output switches back
into its original condition, at a distance which is equal to the sum of the
setpoint and the given hysteresis ± the repeatability. If a target moves laterally
into the acoustic beam, the echo energy increases. If the measurement
threshold of the sensor is reached, the output becomes active. This threshold
depends on the target properties and its distance from the sensor. The
position can only be determined experimentally.
All Honeywell ultrasonic sensors are protected against reverse polarity, short
circuits, overloads and voltage spikes. Special protective circuitry makes the
sensor almost entirely immune to electromagnetic and radio frequency
interference. However, unstable measurements may arise if the sensor is
placed in the vicinity of strong electrical fields. In such cases, the
interconnection cables should be screened as far as possible, or separated
from power cables. The use of regulated power supplies with mains filters,
and limiting the maximum cable length to 50 metres can also offer possible
solutions. All sensors are CE marked.
Alignment aid
The majority of Honeywell ultrasonic distance sensors have an LED, the
output intensity of which is proportional to the ultrasonic echo received. The
brighter the LED, the better aligned the sensor.
Please contact your nearest Honeywell office for details of other models
available.
118
www.honeywell.com/sensing
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
940/947 Series
Compact,
microprocessor
controlled with
internal temperature
compensation
The new 940/947 Series is microprocessor controlled, can be set up quickly and are fitted with epoxy
transducers. All the housings are sealed to IP67. The retroreflective versions allow detection of any kind
of target without any dead zone. They work with a reflector target.
OPTIONS
1 adjustable switching output
PNP NO
Analogue voltage output, 0-10 V
Retroreflective, PNP NO
Max. sensing distance:
600 mm
Min. sensing distance:
100 mm
Beam angle:
8°
Repeatability:
0,2 % or ±2 mm
Response time:
50 ms
Supply voltage:
18 to 30 V
Sealing:
IP67
Housing:
M18 x 1 mm plastic (PBTB)
Termination:
Preleaded 2 m
Max. sensing distance:
600 mm
Min. sensing distance:
0 mm
Min. reflector distance:
300 mm
Beam angle:
8°
Switching frequency:
25 Hz
Supply voltage:
18 to 30 V
Sealing:
IP67
Housing:
M18 x 1 mm plastic (PBTB)
Termination:
Preleaded 2 m
REFERENCE
947-F4Y-2D-1C0-300E
REFERENCE
947-FSY-2D-001-300E
Max. sensing distance:
1500 mm
Min. sensing distance:
200 mm
Beam angle:
8°
Repeatability:
0,3 % or ±1 mm
Switching frequency:
8 Hz
Supply voltage:
18 to 30 V
Sealing:
IP67
Housing:
M18 x 1 mm plastic (PBTB)
Max. sensing distance:
1500 mm
Min. sensing distance:
200 mm
Beam angle:
8°
Repeatability:
0,2 % or ±2 mm
Response time:
100 ms
Supply voltage:
18 to 30 V
Sealing:
IP67
Housing:
M18 x 1 mm plastic (PBTB)
Termination:
Preleaded 2 m
Max. sensing distance:
1500 mm
Min. sensing distance:
0 mm
Min. reflector distance:
400 mm
Beam angle:
8°
Switching frequency:
8 Hz
Supply voltage:
18 to 30 V
Sealing:
IP67
Housing:
M18 x 1 mm plastic (PBTB)
Termination:
Preleaded 2 m
REFERENCE
940-F4Y-2D-001-180E
REFERENCE
947-F4Y-2D-1C0-180E
REFERENCE
947-FSY-2D-001-180E
Max. sensing distance:
3000 mm
Min. sensing distance:
300 mm
Beam angle:
8°
Repeatability:
0,3% or ±1 mm
Switching frequency:
1 Hz
Supply voltage:
18 to 30 V
Sealing:
IP67
Housing:
M30 x 1,5 mm plastic (PBTB)
Termination:
Preleaded 2 m
Max. sensing distance:
2500 mm
Min. sensing distance:
300 mm
Beam angle:
8°
Repeatability:
0,2 % or ±2 mm
Response time:
90 ms
Supply voltage:
18 to 30 V
Sealing:
IP67
Housing:
M30 x 1,5 mm plastic (PBTB)
Termination:
Preleaded 2 m
Max. sensing distance:
2500 mm
Min. sensing distance:
0 mm
Min. reflector distance:
600 mm
Beam angle:
8°
Switching frequency:
1 Hz
Supply voltage:
18 to 30 V
Sealing:
IP67
Housing:
M30 x 1,5 mm plastic (PBTB)
Termination:
Preleaded 2 m
REFERENCE
940-F4Y-2D-001-300E
125 ±0,5
125 ±0,5
REFERENCE
947-T4Y-2D-001-130E
3,5
90 ±0,5
M30 x 1,5
90 ±0,5
M30 x 1,5
3,5
REFERENCE
947-T4Y-2D-1C0-130E
www.honeywell.com/sensing
125 ±0,5
3,5
90 ±0,5
M30 x 1,5
Max. sensing distance:
600 mm
Min. sensing distance:
100 mm
Beam angle:
8°
Repeatability:
0,3 % or ±1 mm
Switching frequency:
25 Hz
Supply voltage:
18 to 30 V
Sealing:
IP67
Housing:
M18 x 1 mm plastic (PBTB)
REFERENCE
947-TSY-2D-001-130E
119
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
944 Series
Teach in,
Analogue and
2 switching outputs
948 Series
Thru scan, 2 part
The new 944 series are microprocessor controlled and fully programmable by teach-in, with the simple
pressing of a button. They offer analogue and two switching outputs through a standard M-12, 5-pin
connector. All the models are IP67 with chemical-resistant body and epoxy face. Parameters are stored in
non-volatile memory.
OPTIONS
2 switching outputs PNP NO
Analogue output 0-10 volts
2 switching outputs PNP NO
Analogue output 4-20 mA
Beam angle:
Repeatability :
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
Housing:
Beam angle:
Repeatability :
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
Housing:
8°
0,4 % or ±2 mm
19 to 30 V
IP67
M30 x 1,5 mm plastic (PBTB)
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
3500 mm
350 mm
0,8 Hz
2000 mm
250 mm
1 Hz
REFERENCE
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
REFERENCE
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
3500 mm
350 mm
0,8 Hz
Max. sensing distance:
Beam angle:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
Housing:
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
1500 mm
150 mm
1 Hz
944-T4V-2D-1C1-200E
350 mm
60 mm
8 Hz
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
2000 mm
250 mm
1 Hz
2,0
(0.08)
1500 mm
150 mm
1 Hz
12,0
(0.47)
2000
(78.74)
20,0
(0.79)
6,5
(0.04)
17,0
(0.67)
5,5
(0.22)
10,0
(0.39)
3,2
(0.13)
REFERENCE
944-T4V-2D-1D1-200E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
350 mm
60 mm
8 Hz
944-T4V-2D-1C1-300E
30,0
(1.18)
2,0
(0.08)
10,0
(0.39)
SWITCHING
PNP/NO
NPN/NO
PNP/NC
NPN/NC
www.honeywell.com/sensing
12,0
(0.47)
2000
(78.74)
20,0
(0.79)
REFERENCE
944-T4V-2D-1D1-300E
120
300 mm
8°
18 to 30 V
IP67
Plastic rectangular
30,0
(1.18)
REFERENCE
944-T4V-2D-1D1-180E
REFERENCE
944-T4V-2D-1C1-180E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
11,2
1 switching output
NO/NC; NPN/PNP
REFERENCE
944-T4V-2D-1D1-130E
REFERENCE
944-T4V-2D-1C1-130E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
3,5
M30 x 1,5
11,2
M30 x 1,5
3,5
8°
0,4 % or ±2 mm
19 to 30 V
IP67
M30 x 1,5 mm plastic (PBTB)
The 948 series perform presence measurement by
using an ultrasonic beam. The 948 series is one of
the smallest ultrasonic scan through devices in the
world. It is especially suited for food and beverage
applications, in particular bottle counting. Easy to
install, the 948 series is suitable when space is at a
premium.
6,5
(0.04)
17,0
(0.67)
5,5
(0.22)
3,2
(0.13)
REFERENCE
948-HSY-2D-001-300E
948-HSY-2D-002-300E
948-HSY-2D-003-300E
948-HSY-2D-004-300E
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
942-T Series
with Digital Link,
Analogue and 2
switching outputs
942 Series
Compact
programmable
30 mm diameter
sensor
The new, plastic housing (PBTB), programmable 942-T series provides flexibility to customers through
independent analogue and 2 switching outputs to suit most of the applications. The programming is easy
to do using Window™ based software.
OPTIONS
2 switching outputs PNP 2NO/NC
Analogue output 0-10 volts
2 switching outputs PNP 2NO/NC
Analogue output 4-20 mA
Voltage output, 0-10 V
2 switching outputs PNP
Beam angle:
Repeatability :
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
8°
0,4 % or ±2 mm
19 to 30 Vdc
Connector
IP65
Front face
IP67
Housing:
M30 x 1,5 mm plastic (PBTB)
Switching frequency:
5 to 30 Hz
Beam angle:
Repeatability :
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
Max. sensing distance:
1500 mm
Min. sensing distance:
150 mm
Beam angle:
10°
Repeatability:
0,4 % or ±2 mm
Switching frequency:
5 to 30 Hz
Response time:
100 ms
Supply voltage:
19 to 30 V
Sealing:
IP65
Housing:
M30 x 1,5 mm stainless steel
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
3500 mm
350 mm
2000 mm
250 mm
REFERENCE
942-T4N-2D-1C1-200E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
2000 mm
250 mm
REFERENCE
942-T4N-2D-1D1-180E
REFERENCE
942-T4N-2D-1C1-180E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
3500 mm
350 mm
REFERENCE
942-A4N-2D-1C1-220S
REFERENCE
942-T4N-2D-1D1-130E
REFERENCE
942-T4N-2D-1C1-130E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
8°
0,4 % or ±2 mm
19 to 30 Vdc
Connector
IP65
Front face
IP67
Housing:
M30 x 1,5 mm plastic (PBTB)
Switching frequency:
5 to 30 Hz
1500 mm
150 mm
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
1500 mm
150 mm
REFERENCE
942-T4N-2D-1D1-200E
Max. sensing distance:
3000 mm
Min. sensing distance:
300 mm
Beam angle:
8°
Repeatability:
0,4 % or ±2 mm
Switching frequency:
5 to 30 Hz
Response time:
100 ms
Supply voltage:
19 to 30 V
Sealing:
IP65
Housing:
M30 x 1,5 mm stainless steel
REFERENCE
942-A4N-2D-1C1-130E
www.honeywell.com/sensing
121
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
942 Series
2 Piece
30 mm diameter sensor with
RS232 Interface
941 Series
Limit switch style
Voltage and current output
2 switching RS232 interface
Max. sensing distance:
1500 mm
Min. sensing distance (adjustable):
200 mm
Beam angle:
10°
Repeatability:
±1 mm
Supply voltage:
18 to 50 V
Sealing:
IP65
Housing:
Zinc die-cast, sea water resistant paint finish
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Beam angle:
Repeatability:
Switching frequency:
Response time:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
Housing:
1500 mm
150 mm
10°
0,2 % or ±1 mm
5 to 8 Hz
120 ms
19 to 30 V
IP65
M30 stainless steel
OPTIONS
Analogue voltage output, 0-10 V
REFERENCE
Complete sensor: 942-M3A-2D-1G1-220S
Response time:
150 ms
REFERENCE
941-C2V-2E-1C0
Switching
2 adjustable switching outputs PNP NO
Switching frequency:
REFERENCE
941-C2V-2E-001
122
www.honeywell.com/sensing
10 Hz
ULTRASONIC DISTANCE SENSORS
946 Series
Teach In
30 mm diameter
precision output
OPTIONS
Analogue voltage (0-10 V) and
current (4-20 mA) output
2 adjustable switching outputs
PNP NO
Beam angle:
Repeatability:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
Housing:
Termination:
Beam angle:
Repeatability:
Supply voltage:
Sealing:
Housing:
Termination:
5°
< 0,1 %
10 to 30 V
IP65
M30 x 1,5 mm stainless steel
M12 connector
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Response time:
500 mm
60 mm
35 ms
REFERENCE
946-A4V-2D-2C0-380E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Response time:
2000 mm
200 mm
100 ms
300 mm
60 mm
15 Hz
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
2000 mm
200 mm
5 Hz
REFERENCE
946-A4V-2D-001-175E
4000 mm
500 mm
300 ms
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
6000 mm
800 mm
1 Hz
REFERENCE
946-A4V-2D-001-65E
REFERENCE
946-A4V-2D-2C0-85E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Response time:
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Switching frequency:
REFERENCE
946-A4V-2D-001-400E
REFERENCE
946-A4V-2D-2C0-175E
Max. sensing distance:
Min. sensing distance:
Response time:
5°